[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201314384A - Film exposure device - Google Patents

Film exposure device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201314384A
TW201314384A TW101133763A TW101133763A TW201314384A TW 201314384 A TW201314384 A TW 201314384A TW 101133763 A TW101133763 A TW 101133763A TW 101133763 A TW101133763 A TW 101133763A TW 201314384 A TW201314384 A TW 201314384A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
exposure
alignment
film
alignment film
light
Prior art date
Application number
TW101133763A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Toshinari Arai
Kazushige Hashimoto
Takayuki Sato
Original Assignee
V Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2011224387A external-priority patent/JP5884120B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011230195A external-priority patent/JP2013088679A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011241687A external-priority patent/JP2013097277A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012019170A external-priority patent/JP5817564B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2012146733A external-priority patent/JP2014010296A/en
Application filed by V Technology Co Ltd filed Critical V Technology Co Ltd
Publication of TW201314384A publication Critical patent/TW201314384A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

An alignment film prepared by coating a substrate film with a film of an alignment material is wound onto a back roll and then fed to an alignment exposure film uptake device. The alignment film is supported in a taut manner by the back roll to eliminate wrinkles, and a mask and a slit mask are provided in the region through which the alignment film travels. Almost the entire surface of the alignment film is irradiated, through openings in the mask, with a CW circularly polarized exposure light from an exposure light source, and the alignment film is also irradiated, via a plurality of slits in the slit mask, with bands of a CCW circularly polarized light from an exposure light source. By employing this process, any reduction in the precision of formation of the exposed portions caused by vertical vibration of the thin alignment film can be prevented, and wrinkling of the film can also be prevented, enabling a polarizing film to be obtained in which the exposed portions are formed with high precision.

Description

膜片曝光裝置 Diaphragm exposure device

本發明係關於以FPR(Film Patterned Retarder,偏光薄膜)方式,亦即膜片偏光方式之三維(3D)影像顯示裝置中使用的偏光膜片之光配向膜或是廣視角用光學膜片等的形成上使用之膜片曝光裝置。 The present invention relates to a light alignment film for a polarizing film used in a three-dimensional (3D) image display device using a FPR (Film Patterned Retarder) method, that is, a film polarizing method, or an optical film for wide viewing angle. A film exposure device for use is formed.

在FPR方式之3D技術中,於液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置的畫面,在每一條掃描線上黏貼改變光線的方向之偏光膜片,顯示裝置藉由在每一條掃描線上顯示右眼用及左眼用之圖像,同時,黏貼於偏光眼鏡之偏光膜片為右眼用者只讓應入射右眼的光通過,為左眼用者只讓應入射左眼的光通過,使入射右眼及左眼之圖像產生視差,而達成立體顯示。 In the 3D technology of the FPR method, a polarizing film that changes the direction of light is attached to each scanning line on a screen of a display device such as a liquid crystal display device, and the display device displays the right eye and the left eye on each scanning line. The image, at the same time, the polarizing film adhered to the polarized glasses is only for the right eye to pass the light that should be incident on the right eye, and the left eye only allows the light to be incident on the left eye to pass, so that the right eye and the left are incident. The image of the eye produces parallax and a stereoscopic display is achieved.

圖50為顯示FPR方式之偏光膜片1的示意圖。該偏光膜片1,係由具有對應於顯示裝置之水平的一掃描線之寬度的帶狀之左眼用的偏光部1a,以及具有對應於同顯示裝置之水平的一掃描線之寬度的帶狀之右眼用的偏光部1b,兩者於垂直方向上交互地配置,而塗布於透明基材上。左眼用的偏光部1a具有-45°的直線偏光,或是具有於順時針方向偏光之CW(clockwise)圓方向偏光。另一方面,右眼用的偏光部1b具有+45°的直線偏光,或是具有於逆時針方向偏光之CCW(counter clockwise)圓方向偏光。然後,將偏光膜片1依下述方式黏貼於液晶顯示裝置之畫面:使該偏光部1a及偏光部1b分別對應於液晶顯示裝置的掃描線,左眼用偏光部1a於液晶顯示裝置之左眼用信號的掃描線一致,右眼用偏光部1b於液晶顯示裝置之右眼用信號的掃描線一致。藉此,從液晶顯示裝置的畫面之左眼用掃描線射出的顯示光,會透射偏光膜片1之 左眼用偏光部1a,並透射黏貼於偏光眼鏡的左眼用透鏡之左眼用偏光膜片,而入射到左眼;而從液晶顯示裝置的畫面之右眼用掃描線射出的顯示光,則會透射偏光膜片1之右眼用偏光部1b,並透射黏貼於偏光眼鏡的右眼用透鏡之右眼用偏光膜片,而入射到右眼。藉此,右眼與左眼能看見具有視差之圖像,而可以識別出立體的圖像。 Fig. 50 is a schematic view showing the FPR type polarizing film 1. The polarizing film 1 is a strip-shaped left-eye polarizing portion 1a having a width corresponding to a scanning line level of a display device, and a strip having a width corresponding to a scanning line of a level of the display device. The polarizing portion 1b for the right eye of the shape is disposed alternately in the vertical direction and applied to the transparent substrate. The polarizing portion 1a for the left eye has a linearly polarized light of -45° or a CW (clockwise) circularly polarized light that is polarized in the clockwise direction. On the other hand, the polarizing portion 1b for the right eye has a linearly polarized light of +45° or a CCW (counter clockwise) polarized light in a counterclockwise direction. Then, the polarizing film 1 is adhered to the screen of the liquid crystal display device in such a manner that the polarizing portion 1a and the polarizing portion 1b correspond to the scanning lines of the liquid crystal display device, and the left-eye polarizing portion 1a is on the left of the liquid crystal display device. The scanning lines of the ophthalmic signals match, and the right-eye polarizing unit 1b matches the scanning line of the right-eye signal of the liquid crystal display device. Thereby, the display light emitted from the scanning line for the left eye of the screen of the liquid crystal display device transmits the polarizing film 1 The left-eye polarizing unit 1a transmits the left-eye polarizing film adhered to the left-eye lens of the polarizing glasses to the left eye, and the display light emitted from the scanning line of the right eye of the screen of the liquid crystal display device is Then, the right-eye polarizing portion 1b of the polarizing film 1 is transmitted, and the right-eye polarizing film adhered to the right-eye lens of the polarizing glasses is transmitted to the right eye. Thereby, the right eye and the left eye can see the image having the parallax, and the stereoscopic image can be recognized.

圖51為顯示該習知的偏光膜片1之曝光裝置的示意圖。於透明的膜片基材表面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜10,從滾筒100釋出,透過滾筒102、103限制其移動軌跡以通過曝光光源104、105的配置位置附近,並於滾筒101捲取。於該滾筒102、103間,配向膜10於水平進行,在該配向膜10之水平移動區域的上方,延該移動方向配置狹縫光罩106、107,並於這些狹縫光罩106、107的上方配置曝光光源104、105,來自曝光光源104、105的曝光光線,透過狹縫光罩106、107照射到配向膜10表面的配向材料膜。於狹縫光罩106、107之一端部的上方,亦即,於曝光光源104、105的側方,設置有觀察對準記號用之攝相機108、109。在位於配向膜10的移動方向之狹縫光罩106的上游側,設置有在配向膜10的側面部形成對準記號用之雷射標示器110。 Fig. 51 is a schematic view showing the exposure apparatus of the conventional polarizing film 1. The alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film on the surface of the transparent film substrate is released from the drum 100, and its movement trajectory is restricted by the rollers 102, 103 to pass through the vicinity of the arrangement position of the exposure light sources 104, 105, and is rolled on the drum 101. take. Between the rollers 102 and 103, the alignment film 10 is horizontally disposed, and above the horizontal movement region of the alignment film 10, the slit masks 106 and 107 are disposed in the moving direction, and the slit masks 106 and 107 are disposed. The exposure light sources 104 and 105 are disposed above the exposure light beams from the exposure light sources 104 and 105, and are irradiated to the alignment material film on the surface of the alignment film 10 through the slit masks 106 and 107. Cameras 108 and 109 for observing alignment marks are provided above one end of the slit masks 106 and 107, that is, on the side of the exposure light sources 104 and 105. On the upstream side of the slit mask 106 located in the moving direction of the alignment film 10, a laser marker 110 for forming an alignment mark on the side surface portion of the alignment film 10 is provided.

該習知之曝光裝置中,如圖52所示,對於在滾筒102、103間移動的配向膜10,藉由雷射標示器110,於配向膜10的側面部形成對準用之標記111,且攝相機108係從設置於狹縫光罩106的一端部之開口106b觀察標記111,並調整對於該標記111之與狹縫光罩106的配向膜10之移動方向為垂直方向的位置。又,於狹縫光罩107中,攝相機109也從設置於狹縫光罩107的一端部之開口107b觀察標記111,並調整與狹縫光罩107的配向膜10之移動方向為垂直方向的位置。然後,由於來自曝光光源104的曝光光線透射狹縫光罩106的狹縫106a而照射到配向膜10之表面的配向材料膜,而連續地將配向膜10輸送到以中空箭頭表示的方 向,故會在配向材料膜形成於相同的方向配向之帶狀的曝光部10a。又,來自曝光光源105的曝光光線透射狹縫光罩107的狹縫107a而照射到配向膜10的表面之配向材料膜,而於曝光部10a間形成曝光部10b。該帶狀的曝光部10a、10b,具有相當於一條掃描線分量的間隔而相互地隔離,而於曝光後的配向曝光膜11上,例如,藉由塗布液晶,形成相互地於相異方向上配列有液晶分子之偏光部1a、1b。藉此,如圖50所示,可以製造出於鄰接之帶狀的偏光部間偏光方向相異的偏光膜片1。 In the conventional exposure apparatus, as shown in FIG. 52, for the alignment film 10 moving between the rollers 102 and 103, the alignment mark 111 is formed on the side surface portion of the alignment film 10 by the laser marker 110, and The camera 108 observes the mark 111 from the opening 106b provided at one end of the slit mask 106, and adjusts the position perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 10 of the slit mask 106 with respect to the slit 111. Further, in the slit mask 107, the camera 109 also observes the mark 111 from the opening 107b provided at one end portion of the slit mask 107, and adjusts the direction of movement of the alignment film 10 with the slit mask 107 to be perpendicular. s position. Then, since the exposure light from the exposure light source 104 is transmitted through the slit 106a of the slit mask 106 to the alignment material film of the surface of the alignment film 10, the alignment film 10 is continuously conveyed to the square indicated by the hollow arrow. Therefore, the exposed material film is formed in the strip-shaped exposure portion 10a which is aligned in the same direction. Further, the exposure light from the exposure light source 105 is transmitted through the slit 107a of the slit mask 107 to the alignment material film on the surface of the alignment film 10, and the exposure portion 10b is formed between the exposure portions 10a. The strip-shaped exposed portions 10a and 10b are spaced apart from each other with an interval corresponding to one scanning line component, and are formed on the alignment film 11 after exposure, for example, by coating liquid crystals in mutually different directions. The polarizing portions 1a and 1b of the liquid crystal molecules are arranged. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 50, the polarizing film 1 which differs in the polarizing direction between the polarizing parts of the adjacent strip shape can be manufactured.

關於這些液晶顯示裝置用之光學膜片等的製造方法,係記載於專利文獻1及2中。 A method for producing an optical film or the like for a liquid crystal display device is described in Patent Documents 1 and 2.

在使用於液晶顯示裝置等之偏光膜片1的製造過程中,塗布有配向材料膜的配向膜10,容易因溫度變化等而變形,例如對於曝光時的溫度變化容易導致變形。例如,配向膜10,由於曝光時的加熱,容易膨脹,又,由於在輸送時的冷卻,容易收縮。然後,特別是在與配向膜10的移動方向垂直之寬度方向上,配向膜10一旦變形,就會使形成之帶狀的曝光部10a、10b的寬度無法對應顯示裝置的圖像或是像素的寬度,而由於相互間之寬度的偏離導致顯示不良產生。 In the manufacturing process of the polarizing film 1 used for a liquid crystal display device or the like, the alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film is easily deformed by a temperature change or the like, and is easily deformed, for example, by temperature change during exposure. For example, the alignment film 10 is easily expanded due to heating at the time of exposure, and is easily contracted due to cooling at the time of transportation. Then, particularly in the width direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 10, when the alignment film 10 is deformed, the width of the formed strip-shaped exposed portions 10a, 10b cannot correspond to the image or pixel of the display device. Width, and display defects occur due to deviations in width from each other.

有人提案一種防止這般因膜片的變形而產生之顯示裝置的顯示不良之技術。例如,專利文獻3中揭示一種技術,在黏貼於顯示裝置的玻璃基板之膜片上,形成使外來光擴散反射之反射材料的顯示裝置之製造方法中,防止於膜片施加水洗處理或是乾燥處理時產生之膜片的伸縮以及反射材料的硬化所伴隨之膜片的翹曲,而將反射材料設置於玻璃基板上,並於其上透過接著層而將膜片接著。 A technique for preventing display failure of a display device caused by deformation of a diaphragm has been proposed. For example, Patent Document 3 discloses a technique for preventing a film from being subjected to a water washing process or drying in a method of manufacturing a display device in which a reflective material for diffusing and reflecting external light is formed on a film of a glass substrate of a display device. The warpage of the film produced during the treatment and the warpage of the film accompanying the hardening of the reflective material are performed, and the reflective material is placed on the glass substrate, and the film is then passed through the adhesive layer.

又,專利文獻4中,在膜片基材上塗布彩色膜片用感光性樹 脂組成物,並將其曝光、顯像以及熱硬化處理而形成圖像之彩色膜片的製造方法中,作為膜片基材係使用由原冰片烯(norbornene)系化合物付加聚合物所組成者,並藉由將熱硬化處理中之氧氣濃度定為10000ppm以下,以防止膜片的熱變形產生。 Further, in Patent Document 4, a photosensitive tree for applying a color film to a film substrate is used. In the method for producing a color film in which a fat composition is exposed, developed, and thermally hardened to form an image, a film composed of a norbornene compound is used as a film substrate. And by setting the oxygen concentration in the heat hardening treatment to 10000 ppm or less, the thermal deformation of the diaphragm is prevented from occurring.

又,如上述般執行,於膜片曝光,而決定配向膜的配向方向之膜片曝光裝置中,以往,膜片製造時之曝光品質的檢查,係於膜片完成後進行。如圖52所示,在使用了2個狹縫光罩106、107之膜片曝光中,帶狀之曝光部10a、10b的曝光線寬與偏光方向的確認,係在對於配向膜10的全長之曝光處理結束,而一連串的膜片曝光步驟結束後,作為對於製品的檢查,檢查曝光線寬以及偏光方向。 Further, as described above, in the film exposure apparatus which is exposed to the film and determines the alignment direction of the alignment film, conventionally, the inspection of the exposure quality at the time of film formation is performed after completion of the film. As shown in FIG. 52, in the exposure of the film using the two slit masks 106 and 107, the exposure line width and the polarization direction of the strip-shaped exposed portions 10a and 10b are confirmed for the entire length of the alignment film 10. The exposure process is completed, and after a series of film exposure steps are completed, the exposure line width and the polarization direction are checked as inspections for the article.

又,如圖53所示,例如,形成曝光部10a用之狹縫光罩106係藉由銜接2個小型的狹縫光罩106-1、106-2而構成時,雖然也有必要確認狹縫光罩106-1、106-2間的接續部,但這也是作為對於製品之檢查而實施。 Further, as shown in FIG. 53, for example, when the slit mask 106 for forming the exposure portion 10a is formed by joining two small slit masks 106-1 and 106-2, it is necessary to confirm the slit. The joint between the masks 106-1 and 106-2 is also implemented as an inspection of the product.

[習知技術文獻] [Practical Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

【專利文獻1】日本特開2010-250172號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-250172

【專利文獻2】日本特開2007-114563號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-114563

【專利文獻3】日本特開2002-189219號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-189219

【專利文獻4】日本特開2009-157006號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-157006

然而,上述的習知技術中,由於係在滾筒102、103間張有配向膜10之狀態下,將配向膜10上的配向材料膜曝光,故因配向 膜10輸送時之配向膜10的上下振動,使得狹縫光罩106、107與配向膜10之間的間隔變動,而難以在高精度下形成曝光部10a、10b。又,於滾筒102、103間張架之配向膜10,容易產生皺褶,因此,也難以在高精度下形成曝光部10a、10b。 However, in the above-described conventional technique, since the alignment film 10 is exposed in the state in which the alignment film 10 is interposed between the rollers 102 and 103, the alignment film is exposed. The vertical vibration of the alignment film 10 at the time of transport of the film 10 causes the interval between the slit masks 106 and 107 and the alignment film 10 to vary, and it is difficult to form the exposure portions 10a and 10b with high precision. Moreover, since the alignment film 10 which is stretched between the rolls 102 and 103 is likely to wrinkle, it is difficult to form the exposed portions 10a and 10b with high precision.

又,由於上述習知技術中,係在偏光膜片1完成後,以製品檢查進行曝光線寬、偏光方向的確認以及光罩接續部的確認,故如果在它們的品質中發現問題時,該批製品全部會淪為不良品,而不得不將整批製品廢棄,導致存在良率不佳之問題點。 Further, in the above-described conventional technique, after the completion of the polarizing film 1, the exposure line width, the polarization direction, and the reticle splicing portion are confirmed by the product inspection. Therefore, if a problem is found in their quality, All the batch products will become defective products, and the whole batch of products has to be discarded, resulting in the problem of poor yield.

在習知的如圖51所示之膜片曝光裝置中,配向曝光膜11係藉由來自曝光光源104的CW圓偏光以及來自曝光光源105的CCW圓偏光曝光,若對於該配向曝光膜11實施曝光線寬等檢查,則如圖54所示,對於跨設於滾筒102、103間,而於箭頭方向上移動之配向曝光膜11,例如,從配置於其下方之檢查用照明光源123射出照明光,並將該照明光,例如,透過第1方向(例如,p偏光)之直線偏光板122a而照射到配向曝光膜11,並使透射配向曝光膜11之照明光,透過λ/4板121及第2方向(例如,s偏光)之直線偏光板122b而入射到檢查用攝相機120。藉此,檢查用攝相機120拍攝曝光部10a、10b,並可以確認曝光部10a、10b的寬度(線寬)、位置(接續位置),以及配向方向。 In the conventional film exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 51, the alignment exposure film 11 is exposed by CW circularly polarized light from the exposure light source 104 and CCW circularly polarized light from the exposure light source 105, and is applied to the alignment exposure film 11. As shown in FIG. 54, the alignment exposure film 11 that moves between the rollers 102 and 103 and moves in the direction of the arrow emits illumination from the inspection illumination light source 123 disposed below the exposure light source 123. The illumination light is irradiated to the alignment exposure film 11 through the linear polarizing plate 122a in the first direction (for example, p-polarized light), and the illumination light transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11 is transmitted through the λ/4 plate 121. The linear polarizing plate 122b in the second direction (for example, s-polarized light) is incident on the inspection camera 120. Thereby, the inspection camera 120 captures the exposure units 10a and 10b, and the width (line width), the position (the connection position), and the alignment direction of the exposure units 10a and 10b can be confirmed.

但是,在這種場合,在配向曝光膜11跨設於滾筒102、103間而移動時,由於係藉由具有偏光方向之照明光進行檢查,於配向曝光膜11上存在上下方向的振動,因此,難以在高精度下檢測曝光部10a、10b的寬度、位置(接續位置),以及其配向方向。 However, in this case, when the alignment film 11 is moved between the rollers 102 and 103, the inspection is performed by the illumination light having the polarization direction, and the alignment film 11 has vibration in the vertical direction. It is difficult to detect the width, position (joining position) of the exposed portions 10a, 10b, and the alignment direction thereof with high precision.

又,專利文獻3之技術,係使造成膜片變形之原因的反射材料移動到玻璃基板上而成者,故無法使用於有必要於膜片上形成如上述般配向材料膜的場合。又,專利文獻4係防止膜片的熱變 形本身之技術,而非使其對應於變形之膜片而進行高精度的曝光。 Further, the technique of Patent Document 3 is such that the reflective material causing the deformation of the diaphragm is moved onto the glass substrate, and therefore it is not possible to use it in the case where it is necessary to form the alignment material film as described above on the diaphragm. Further, Patent Document 4 prevents thermal deformation of the diaphragm The technique of the shape itself, rather than making it a high-precision exposure corresponding to the deformed diaphragm.

在由於熱變形等,而使配向膜10在垂直於配向膜10的移動方向之寬度方向產生了變形時,考量對應變形後之配向膜10的寬度,而將光罩替換。亦即,如圖55所示,配向膜10,由於例如曝光時的加熱,特別是,在與配向膜10的移動方向垂直之方向膨脹,且由於輸送時的冷卻,於膨脹前的寬度收縮。在此,考量將光罩106、107,分別替換為光罩150、160而曝光,該光罩150、160係設置有考慮了配向膜10之寬度方向的膨脹率之狹縫。但是,於這種場合,需要配合配向膜10的膨脹率,而準備複數種類的光罩,故存在使偏光膜片的製造成本增加的問題點。 When the alignment film 10 is deformed in the width direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 10 due to thermal deformation or the like, the width of the alignment film 10 after the deformation is considered, and the mask is replaced. That is, as shown in FIG. 55, the alignment film 10 expands in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 10, for example, by heating during exposure, and shrinks in width before expansion due to cooling during transportation. Here, it is considered that the masks 106 and 107 are exposed to the masks 150 and 160, respectively, and the masks 150 and 160 are provided with slits in consideration of the expansion ratio in the width direction of the alignment film 10. However, in this case, it is necessary to prepare a plurality of types of photomasks in accordance with the expansion ratio of the alignment film 10, which causes a problem of increasing the manufacturing cost of the polarizing film sheets.

再者,於習知的曝光裝置中,存在以下問題點:無法將膜片的曲折行進、膜片的熱膨脹及熱收縮兩者,在高精度下補正而曝光。 Further, in the conventional exposure apparatus, there is a problem that both the meandering of the diaphragm, the thermal expansion of the diaphragm, and the thermal contraction cannot be corrected and exposed with high precision.

又再者,如上所述,在製造利用偏光眼鏡(FPR方式)之三維(3D)影像顯示裝置時,係使用改變在每一條掃描線上之偏光方向的偏光薄膜(FPR)。在製造該FPR時,於膜片基材上塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜中,使用以掃描線寬的間距形成了具有掃描線寬之狹縫的2個(圖52)或是3個(圖53)光罩,而在各光罩,照射2種類的偏光方向相異之曝光光線。在該曝光時,需要2個或是3個光罩的曝光位置之位置配合,若曝光位置的精度低,則會導致藉由配置於配向膜之移動方向的上游側之1個或是2個的光罩之帶狀的曝光部,與藉由配置於配向膜之移動方向的下游側之光罩的帶狀之曝光部一部分重疊,使掃描線的位置與曝光部偏離。 Further, as described above, in manufacturing a three-dimensional (3D) image display device using polarized glasses (FPR method), a polarizing film (FPR) that changes the polarization direction on each scanning line is used. In the production of the FPR, two (Fig. 52) or three (Fig. 52) or three slits having scanning line widths are formed in the alignment film on which the alignment material film is coated on the film substrate. Fig. 53) The mask, and in each of the masks, two types of exposure light having different polarization directions are irradiated. At the time of the exposure, the positions of the exposure positions of the two or three masks are required to match, and if the accuracy of the exposure position is low, one or two of the upstream sides arranged in the moving direction of the alignment film are caused. The strip-shaped exposure portion of the photomask is partially overlapped with the strip-shaped exposure portion of the photomask disposed on the downstream side in the moving direction of the alignment film, and the position of the scanning line is deviated from the exposure portion.

本發明之目的在於,提供一種膜片曝光裝置,其可以防止由於薄的配向膜之上下振動造成曝光部的形成精度下降,並可以防止皺褶的產生,而可以得到在高精度下形成有曝光部之偏光膜片。 An object of the present invention is to provide a film exposure apparatus which can prevent the formation precision of an exposed portion from being lowered due to vibration of a thin alignment film, and can prevent generation of wrinkles, and can be formed with exposure under high precision. Part of the polarizing film.

本發明之另一目的在於,提供一種曝光裝置,其即便由於配向膜的熱膨脹、熱收縮及曲折行進等,而使曝光對象之配向膜於寬度方向變形或是偏倚的場合,亦無需替換光罩,便可以對於配向膜在高精度下於既定位置曝光。 Another object of the present invention is to provide an exposure apparatus which does not require replacement of a mask even when the alignment film of the exposure target is deformed or biased in the width direction due to thermal expansion, thermal contraction, and meandering of the alignment film. The alignment film can be exposed to a predetermined position with high precision.

本發明之又另一目的在,提供一種曝光裝置以及FPR製造方法,其可以在將帶狀的曝光部於第1曝光單元及第2曝光單元之相異位置曝光時,使各曝光部在高精度下位置配合。 Still another object of the present invention is to provide an exposure apparatus and an FPR manufacturing method which can make each exposure section high when exposing a strip-shaped exposure section to a different position of the first exposure unit and the second exposure unit Position matching with precision.

關於本發明之膜片曝光裝置,其包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第2狹縫光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向的該第1狹縫光罩之下游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第2狹縫;以及第2曝光光源,透過該第2狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;其中,該第2狹縫光罩之該第2狹縫,係以與該第1狹縫光罩之該第1狹縫的配列間距相同之間距配置;該第1狹縫光罩與該第2狹縫光罩係配置成:使該第1狹縫與該第2狹縫沿該配向膜之寬度方向偏倚,其偏倚之量為在該配向膜之寬度方向上之該第1及第2狹縫之配列間距之1/2的間距的量。 A film exposure apparatus according to the present invention includes: a backing roll that applies an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and winds the alignment material film toward the outside to be wound thereon The alignment film supports the alignment film and moves the alignment film along the circumferential surface thereof. The first exposure unit includes a first slit mask that faces the alignment film wound around the back roller. Arranging, forming a plurality of parallel first slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and first exposing the light source, and exposing the alignment material film of the alignment film through the first slit mask; a second exposure unit comprising: a second slit mask disposed on a downstream side of the first slit mask in a moving direction of the alignment film, and facing the alignment film wound around the back roller; Forming a parallel plurality of second slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and a second exposure light source, wherein the alignment film of the alignment film is exposed through the second slit mask; wherein the second slit The second slit of the slit mask is the first slit of the first slit mask The arrangement of the first slit mask and the second slit mask is arranged such that the first slit and the second slit are biased in the width direction of the alignment film, and the bias is biased The amount is the amount of the pitch of 1/2 of the arrangement pitch of the first and second slits in the width direction of the alignment film.

關於本發明之另一膜片曝光裝置,其特徵為包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第3光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向的該第1狹縫光罩之下游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,形成有於該配向膜之寬度方向上延伸的開口;以及第3曝光光源,透過該第3光罩將該配向膜的該配向材料膜曝光。 Another film exposure apparatus according to the present invention is characterized by comprising a backing roller which is coated with an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and is wound around the alignment material film toward the outside. The alignment film is supported on the circumferential surface of the alignment film, and the first exposure unit includes a first slit mask that is wound around the back roller. Arranging the alignment film, forming a plurality of parallel first slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and first exposing the light source, and transmitting the alignment film of the alignment film through the first slit mask And a second exposure unit including: a third photomask disposed on the downstream side of the first slit mask in a moving direction of the alignment film, and facing the alignment film wound around the back roller An opening extending in a width direction of the alignment film is formed, and a third exposure light source is exposed through the third mask to expose the alignment film of the alignment film.

關於本發明之又另一膜片曝光裝置,其特徵為包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第4光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向中該第1狹縫光罩之上游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,形成有於該配向膜之寬度方向上延伸的開口;以及第4曝光光源,透過該第4光罩將該配向膜的該配向材料膜曝光。 Still another film exposure apparatus according to the present invention is characterized by comprising: a backing roller which is coated with an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and the alignment material film is wound toward the outside The alignment film is supported on the circumferential surface thereof while the alignment film is supported on the circumferential surface thereof. The first exposure unit includes a first slit mask and is wound around the back roller. Arranging the alignment film, and forming a plurality of parallel first slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and a first exposure light source, the alignment material of the alignment film is transmitted through the first slit mask And a second exposure unit comprising: a fourth photomask, wherein the upstream side of the first slit mask in the moving direction of the alignment film faces the alignment film wound around the back roller; And arranging an opening extending in a width direction of the alignment film; and a fourth exposure light source, wherein the alignment material film of the alignment film is exposed through the fourth photomask.

該曝光光源中之一者為將CW圓偏光之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源,而另一者為將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源;又,該曝光光源中之一者將對於該配向膜以對該配向 膜的移動方向上呈40°傾斜入射之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源,而另一者為將對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈一40°傾斜入射之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源。 One of the exposure light sources is a light source that irradiates the CW circularly polarized exposure light to the alignment film, and the other is a light source that irradiates the CCW circularly polarized exposure light to the alignment film; and, in the exposure light source One will use the alignment film for the alignment Exposure light obliquely incident at 40° in the moving direction of the film is irradiated to the light source of the alignment film, and the other is to irradiate the alignment film with exposure light at a 40° oblique incidence in the moving direction of the alignment film. The light source to the alignment film.

上述曝光裝置,例如,更包含冷卻構件,設置於位在該配向膜之進行方向的該背滾筒之上游側,用以冷卻該配向膜。 The exposure apparatus further includes, for example, a cooling member disposed on an upstream side of the backing roller positioned in a direction in which the alignment film is formed to cool the alignment film.

又,上述曝光裝置,更包含檢查部,配置於位在該配向膜之移動方向的該第2曝光單元之下游側,用以檢查受到曝光光線照射之曝光部,該曝光部係位在對於該配向膜照射曝光光線後的配向曝光膜上;該檢查部具備:檢查滾筒,捲繞該配向曝光膜且與該配向曝光膜一同旋轉;光源,設置於該檢查滾筒的周面或是該滾筒的內部,用以射出檢查用之照明光;以及受光部,對向於該滾筒而設置,用以偵測透射該配向曝光膜後之照明光;又,該曝光單元,藉由在該配向材料膜上曝光,將帶狀之第1曝光部及帶狀之第2曝光部,於該配向材料膜之寬度方向上交互地形成,而形成該配向曝光膜;該檢查部,包含:第1偏光板,設置於該滾筒,並對於來自該光源之照明光於第1方向上賦予偏光;第2偏光板,對向於該滾筒而設置,並對於入射到該受光部之光於垂直該第1方向之方向上賦予偏光;以及λ/4板,設置於該照明光之光軸上。 Further, the exposure apparatus further includes an inspection unit disposed on a downstream side of the second exposure unit positioned in a moving direction of the alignment film, and configured to inspect an exposure portion that is exposed to exposure light, wherein the exposure portion is in position The alignment film is irradiated onto the alignment exposure film after the exposure light; the inspection portion includes: an inspection roller that winds the alignment exposure film and rotates together with the alignment exposure film; and the light source is disposed on a circumferential surface of the inspection roller or the roller Internally, for emitting illumination light for inspection; and a light receiving portion disposed opposite to the roller for detecting illumination light transmitted through the alignment exposure film; and, the exposure unit, by the alignment material film In the upper exposure, the strip-shaped first exposure portion and the strip-shaped second exposure portion are alternately formed in the width direction of the alignment material film to form the alignment exposure film; and the inspection portion includes: the first polarizing plate Provided on the drum, and providing polarized light in the first direction to the illumination light from the light source; the second polarizing plate is disposed opposite to the drum, and the first incident light is incident on the light receiving portion. Polarization is imparted in the direction; and the λ/4 plate is disposed on the optical axis of the illumination light.

進而,該曝光單元,藉由將CW圓偏光之曝光光線照射於該配向膜上之曝光光源以形成該第1曝光部,並藉由將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線照射於該配向膜上之曝光光源以形成該第2曝光部;又,該曝光單元,藉由在該配向膜上之配向材料膜進行曝光,將帶狀之第1曝光部,及帶狀之第2曝光部,於該配向材料膜之寬度方向上交互地形成,而形成該配向曝光膜;該檢查部之該受光部,係由以下部分加以構成:第1受光部,設置於依透射該配向曝光膜之照明光的第1曝光部之第1配向方向上;以及第2受光 部,設置於依透射該配向曝光膜之照明光的第2曝光部之第2配向方向上。 Further, the exposure unit forms the first exposure portion by irradiating the CW circularly polarized exposure light onto the exposure light source on the alignment film, and exposing the exposure light to the alignment film by exposing the CCW circularly polarized light. a light source for forming the second exposure portion; and the exposure unit exposing the alignment material film on the alignment film to form a strip-shaped first exposure portion and a strip-shaped second exposure portion in the alignment The alignment film is formed alternately in the width direction of the material film, and the light-receiving portion of the inspection portion is configured by a first light-receiving portion that is provided on the illumination light that transmits the alignment-exposed film. 1 in the first alignment direction of the exposure portion; and the second light receiving The portion is provided in the second alignment direction of the second exposure portion that transmits the illumination light of the alignment film.

進而,該曝光單元,係藉由對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈40°傾斜入射曝光光線之曝光光源,形成該第1曝光部,並藉由對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈一40°傾斜入射曝光光線之曝光光源,形成該第2曝光部;又,上述膜片曝光裝置,更包含:透明之標尺構件,配置於該受光部之光軸上,於該配向曝光膜之寬度方向上延伸,並於該配向曝光膜上之該第1曝光部或是第2曝光部的寬度方向上形成有標尺。 Further, the exposure unit forms the first exposure portion by exposing the exposure light to the alignment film at an angle of 40° in the moving direction of the alignment film, and by using the alignment film for the alignment film The exposure light source of the 40° obliquely incident light is formed in the moving direction of the alignment film to form the second exposure portion. The film exposure device further includes a transparent scale member disposed on the optical axis of the light receiving portion. a ruler is formed in the width direction of the alignment film, and a scale is formed in the width direction of the first exposure portion or the second exposure portion on the alignment film.

又,上述膜片曝光裝置,更包含:第2檢查部,配置於藉由該檢查部之檢查前或是檢查後的該配向曝光膜之輸送區域;該第2檢查部,包含:第2光源,用以射出檢查光線;第3偏光板,對於來自該第2光源之檢查光線賦予第1方向之直線偏光;第2之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第1方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2方向之直線偏光;第4偏光板,透射該第2方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;第2受光部,用以偵測透射該第4偏光板之檢查光線;第3光源,用以射出檢查光;第5偏光板,對於來自該第3光源之檢查光線賦予第1或是第2方向的直線偏光;第3之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第2方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2或是第1方向之直線偏光;第6偏光板,透射該第2或是第1方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;以及第3受光部,偵測透射該第6偏光板之檢查光線。 Further, the film exposure apparatus further includes: a second inspection unit disposed in a conveyance region of the alignment exposure film before or after inspection by the inspection portion; and the second inspection portion including: a second light source a third polarizing plate for linearly polarizing the first direction to the inspection light from the second light source; and a second λ/4 plate for transmitting the third polarizing plate and further transmitting the alignment exposure The film is provided with the inspection light of the circularly polarized light in the first direction, and is converted into the linearly polarized light in the second direction; the fourth polarizing plate transmits the inspection light of the linearly polarized light in the second direction; and the second light receiving portion detects the transmission. The fourth polarizing plate inspects the light; the third light source emits the inspection light; and the fifth polarizing plate applies the linearly polarized light in the first or second direction to the inspection light from the third light source; and the third λ/ The fourth plate transmits the inspection light of the circularly polarized light in the second direction by transmitting the third polarizing plate and further transmitting the alignment film, and converts the light into the linear light in the second or first direction; and the sixth polarizing plate transmits the light. Check light of linear polarized light in the 2nd or 1st direction And a third light receiving portion, detecting the inspection light transmittance of the first polarizing plate 6.

關於本發明之曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對之對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部,形成作為該配 向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直於該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔而配列的複數之狹縫,並於上述該第2方向之兩端部各自形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,一併偵測該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,控制該遮光構件與該光罩在該第1方向的相對位置;其中,該狹縫的寬度於該第1方向線性地變化,於該第2方向上觀看時,該狹縫間之間隔係與該狹縫之寬度相同;該控制部控制該光罩與該遮光構件之間於第1方向之相對位置,以使該偵測部所偵測到的該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號之位置關係成為既定關係。 The exposure apparatus of the present invention includes: a transporting device for moving the alignment film of the exposure target in the first direction; and a pair of alignment markers on the both sides of the alignment film to form the same a diaphragm alignment mark for an index of the amount of expansion and contraction of the film; a light source for emitting the exposure light; and a mask forming a plurality of slits arranged at intervals in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, And a mask alignment mark is formed on each of the two ends in the second direction; and the light shielding member extends in the second direction to form an opening intersecting all the slits, and the opening and the slit are formed in the opening The intersecting portion transmits the exposure light; the detecting portion detects the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment mark together; and the control portion controls the light shielding member and the reticle in the first direction a relative position; wherein a width of the slit linearly changes in the first direction, and when viewed in the second direction, the interval between the slits is the same as a width of the slit; the control portion controls the mask The positional relationship between the light-shielding member and the light-shielding member in the first direction is such that the positional relationship between the mask alignment mark and the film alignment mark detected by the detecting portion has a predetermined relationship.

上述曝光裝置中,例如,一對之該光罩對準記號,設置在分別設於該第2方向的兩端部之狹縫中最近的狹縫之寬度方向的一方之側緣,或是與該狹縫之寬度方向的中心線分別平行地設置;於該遮光構件之該開口的位置,該控制部控制該光罩與該遮光構件在第1方向之相對位置,以使該膜片對準記號與該光罩對準記號在該第2方向之間隔成為一定;又,於該光罩,在位於該第2方向之該狹縫的外方,設置觀察該膜片對準記號用之一對的觀察窗,並於該觀察窗設置該光罩對準記號,該偵測部,偵測該光罩對準記號,並經由該一對之觀察窗偵測該膜片對準記號。 In the above exposure apparatus, for example, a pair of the reticle alignment marks are provided on one side edge in the width direction of the slit closest to each of the slits provided at the both end portions in the second direction, or The center line of the slit in the width direction is respectively disposed in parallel; at a position of the opening of the light shielding member, the control portion controls the relative position of the mask and the light shielding member in the first direction to align the diaphragm The interval between the mark and the reticle alignment mark in the second direction is constant; and the reticle is provided with one of the film alignment marks for the outside of the slit located in the second direction. a pair of observation windows, and the reticle alignment mark is disposed in the observation window, the detecting portion detects the reticle alignment mark, and detects the film alignment mark through the pair of observation windows.

又,該控制部調節該光罩在該第2方向的位置,以使位在該偵測部所偵測之一對的該光罩對準記號間之在該第2方向的中央位置,與位在一對的該膜片對準記號間之在該第2方向的中央位置一致;又,於該第1方向隔離之位置上,配置2組之該光源、該遮光構件及該光罩,一邊之光罩的狹縫係配置成對於另一邊之 光罩的狹縫,在該第2方向上偏倚了該狹縫之配列間距的量;又,藉由以該2個光源所施行之曝光,將配向方向彼此相異之帶狀的曝光部於第2方向上交互地形成。 Moreover, the control unit adjusts the position of the mask in the second direction so as to be located at a central position in the second direction between the pair of mask alignment marks detected by the detecting unit. Two sets of the light source, the light shielding member, and the photomask are disposed at a position in the second direction between the pair of diaphragm alignment marks. The slit of the hood of one side is configured to be on the other side The slit of the mask is biased by the amount of the arrangement pitch of the slit in the second direction; and by the exposure by the two light sources, the strip-shaped exposure portions having the alignment directions are different from each other Formed alternately in the second direction.

關於本發明之另一曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對的對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部形成作為該配向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔而配列的複數之狹縫,並設置用以觀察該一對的膜片對準記號之一對的觀察窗,且於該各觀察窗內形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,用以偵測該各觀察窗內之該光罩對準記號及該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,基於該偵測部之偵測結果,調節該遮光構件與該光罩間在該第1方向之相對位置關係;其中,於該狹縫中,在第2方向之一端部的第1狹縫係平行於該第1方向,另一端部之第2狹縫係對於該第1方向以最大傾度傾斜,而該第1狹縫與該第2狹縫之間的狹縫係依照使傾斜角度從第1狹縫往第2狹縫逐漸變大之方式傾斜;該狹縫的寬度係於該第1方向線性地變化,該狹縫間之間隔係於該第2方向與該狹縫之寬度相同;該第1狹縫側之第1光罩對準記號係於該第1方向上延伸,而該第2狹縫側之第2光罩對準記號係與該第2狹縫之寬度方向的一邊側緣或是寬度方向的中心線平行而延伸。 Another exposure apparatus according to the present invention includes: a transporting device for moving the alignment film of the exposure target in the first direction; and a pair of alignment markers formed on the both sides of the alignment film as the alignment film a diaphragm alignment mark of the index of the expansion and contraction; a light source for emitting the exposure light; and a mask forming a plurality of slits arranged at intervals in the second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and configured to Observing an observation window of one pair of the pair of diaphragm alignment marks, and forming a mask alignment mark in the observation windows; the light shielding member extending in the second direction to form and the slit Intersecting the opening of the opening, and transmitting the exposure light at a portion where the opening intersects the slit; the detecting portion is configured to detect the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment mark in the observation windows; And a control unit that adjusts a relative positional relationship between the light shielding member and the reticle in the first direction based on a detection result of the detection unit; wherein the slit is at one end of the second direction 1 slit is parallel to the first direction, the other end The second slit is inclined at the maximum inclination in the first direction, and the slit between the first slit and the second slit is gradually increased in accordance with the inclination angle from the first slit to the second slit. The width of the slit is linearly changed in the first direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit in the second direction; the first mask on the first slit side The alignment mark extends in the first direction, and the second mask alignment mark on the second slit side is parallel to the side edge of the second slit in the width direction or the center line in the width direction. extend.

關於本發明之曝光裝置中,該控制部,設定該第1光罩對準記號與對應的第1膜片對準記號之間的距離之基準值A,並設定 該第2光罩對準記號與對應的第2膜片對準記號之間的距離之基準值B,且在該配向膜曝光中,於該第1光罩對準記號與該第1膜片對準記號之間的距離從基準值A變動之場合,使該光罩於該第2方向上移動,而將該第1光罩對準記號與該第1膜片對準記號之間的距離調節為基準值A;此外,於該第2光罩對準記號與該第2膜片對準記號之間的距離從基準值B變動之場合,使該光罩於該第1方向上移動,而將該第2對準記號與該第2膜片對準記號之間的距離調節為基準值B。 In the exposure apparatus of the present invention, the control unit sets a reference value A of the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the corresponding first patch alignment mark, and sets a reference value B of a distance between the second mask alignment mark and the corresponding second diaphragm alignment mark, and the first mask alignment mark and the first diaphragm in the alignment film exposure When the distance between the alignment marks changes from the reference value A, the photomask is moved in the second direction, and the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the first diaphragm alignment mark is set. Adjusted to the reference value A; and when the distance between the second mask alignment mark and the second diaphragm alignment mark changes from the reference value B, the mask is moved in the first direction. The distance between the second alignment mark and the second patch alignment mark is adjusted to the reference value B.

關於本發明之又另一曝光裝置,其特徵為包含: 移動裝置,用以使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜於一方向移動;第1曝光單元,設置於該配向膜之移動區域,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜上,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部朝該一方向延伸,並在與該一方向垂直的方向上彼此隔著間隔;第2曝光單元,設置於在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部係位於朝該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向之該第1曝光圖案的曝光部之相互間的區域;檢查部,設置於該第1曝光單元及該第2曝光單元之間的該配向膜之移動區域,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;以及控制部,基於由該檢查部偵測到的第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制在該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 Still another exposure apparatus of the present invention is characterized by comprising: a moving device for moving an alignment film formed with an alignment material film on the film substrate in one direction; a first exposure unit disposed in the moving region of the alignment film on the alignment material film on the alignment film Forming a first exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions, the plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions extending in the one direction and spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the one direction; the second exposure The unit is disposed on a downstream side of the first exposure unit in a moving direction of the alignment film, and the alignment material film on the alignment film forms a second exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions. a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions are located in a region extending in the one direction and in a direction perpendicular to the one direction of the exposure portions of the first exposure patterns; the inspection portion is disposed in the first exposure unit and the portion a moving region of the alignment film between the second exposure units for detecting an exposure portion of the first exposure pattern; and a control portion based on a position of the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern detected by the inspection portion Control in the second exposure The exposure unit of an exposure position of the second pattern.

上述曝光裝置中,例如,該第1曝光單元包含:第1曝光光源;以及第1光罩,設有對應於該第1曝光圖案之帶狀的狹縫;其藉由該第1光罩之該狹縫,整形來自該第1曝光光源之曝光光線,而照射到該配向材料膜;該第2曝光單元包含:第2曝光光 源;以及第2光罩,設置有對應於該第2曝光圖案之帶狀的狹縫;藉由該第2光罩之該狹縫,整形來自該第2曝光光源之曝光光線,而照射到該配向材料膜;該控制部,基於該第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,調整與在該第2曝光單元之該第2光罩的該一方向垂直之方向的位置;又,該移動裝置,將該配向膜捲繞於背滾筒,而使該配向膜移動,該第1曝光單元、該檢查部及該第2曝光單元,係設置在與該背滾筒上之該配向膜對向的位置上。 In the above exposure apparatus, for example, the first exposure unit includes: a first exposure light source; and a first photomask having a strip-shaped slit corresponding to the first exposure pattern; and the first photomask is provided by the first photomask The slit is formed by irradiating the exposure light from the first exposure light source to the alignment material film; the second exposure unit includes: the second exposure light And a second mask having a strip-shaped slit corresponding to the second exposure pattern; and the slit of the second mask is used to shape the exposure light from the second exposure source to be irradiated The alignment material film; the control unit adjusts a position in a direction perpendicular to the one direction of the second mask of the second exposure unit based on a position of the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern; and the moving device The alignment film is wound around the backing roller to move the alignment film, and the first exposure unit, the inspection unit, and the second exposure unit are disposed at positions facing the alignment film on the backing roller. on.

該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,與該背滾筒對向設置,並將檢查光線朝向該背滾筒上之該配向膜照射;攝相機,偵測於該背滾筒反射之反射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線或是入射至該攝相機之反射光,施予偏光方向的濾光;又,該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,嵌進該背滾筒的周面,並朝向該背滾筒上之該配向膜照射檢查光線;攝相機,與該檢查光線光源對向設置,用以偵測透射該配向膜而來之透射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線或是入射至該攝相機之透射光,施予偏光方向的濾光。 The inspection unit includes: an inspection light source disposed opposite to the back roller, and irradiating the inspection light toward the alignment film on the back roller; a camera detecting the reflected light reflected by the back roller; and a polarizer And filtering the polarization direction of the inspection light incident on the alignment film or the reflected light incident on the camera; and the inspection unit includes: inspecting the light source and embedding the circumferential surface of the back roller; And illuminating the alignment film toward the alignment film on the back roller; the camera is disposed opposite to the inspection light source for detecting transmitted light transmitted through the alignment film; and the polarizer for incident on the alignment film Check the light or the transmitted light incident on the camera, and apply the filter in the polarization direction.

該移動裝置,係藉由在複數之輸送滾筒上跨設該配向膜而規定該配向膜之移動區域;且該第1曝光單元、該檢查部及該第2曝光單元,係設置在與該輸送滾筒間之該配向膜對向的位置;又,該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,設置於該輸送滾筒間之該配向膜的一面側,並朝向該配向膜照射檢查光線;反射機構,設置於該配向膜之另一面側,使透射該配向膜之光反射;攝相機,偵測藉由該反射機構反射之反射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線以及入射至該攝相機之反射光,分別施予偏光方向的濾光。 The moving device defines a moving region of the alignment film by arranging the alignment film on a plurality of transport rollers; and the first exposure unit, the inspection portion, and the second exposure unit are disposed and transported a position opposite to the alignment film between the rollers; and the inspection portion includes: a light source for inspection, disposed on one side of the alignment film between the transport rollers, and irradiating the inspection film with the inspection light; the reflection mechanism is disposed Reflecting light transmitted through the alignment film on the other side of the alignment film; detecting a reflected light reflected by the reflection mechanism; and a polarizer for inspecting light incident on the alignment film and incident on the The reflected light of the camera is applied to the filter in the polarization direction.

該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,設置於該輸送滾筒間之該 配向膜的一面側,並朝向該配向膜照射檢查光線;攝相機,設置於該配向膜之另一面側,並偵測透射該配向膜而來的透射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線與入射至該攝相機之透射光,分別施予偏光方向的濾光;又,該第2光罩的複數之狹縫,係形成為使在與該第1方向垂直之方向上鄰接之狹縫的相互間隔,於該第1方向上線性地增大;該第2曝光單元具有遮光構件,該遮光構件形成有在與該第1方向垂直之方向上延伸的開口,該開口與該第2光罩之所有的狹縫交叉;且該控制部調整在該第1方向上該遮光構件相對於該第2光罩的位置。 The inspection portion includes: an inspection light source, and the arrangement between the transportation rollers Aligning one side of the film and irradiating the alignment film with the inspection light; the camera is disposed on the other side of the alignment film and detecting the transmitted light transmitted through the alignment film; and the polarizer for incident to the alignment The inspection light of the film and the transmitted light incident on the camera are respectively applied to the filter in the polarization direction; and the plurality of slits of the second mask are formed in a direction perpendicular to the first direction The mutual spacing of the adjacent slits linearly increases in the first direction; the second exposure unit has a light shielding member formed with an opening extending in a direction perpendicular to the first direction, the opening and the opening All the slits of the second mask intersect; and the control unit adjusts the position of the light shielding member with respect to the second mask in the first direction.

進而,關於本發明之偏光薄膜(FPR)製造方法,其特徵為:於使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜沿一方向移動的同時,包含以下步驟:第1曝光步驟,藉由設置於該配向膜之移動區域之第1曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,組成該第1曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向上相互地隔著間隔;第2曝光步驟,藉由設置於位在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側的第2曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,組成該第2曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸,並位在與該一方向垂直的方向上該第1曝光圖案的曝光部相互間的區域;以及檢查步驟,於該第1曝光步驟及該第2曝光步驟之間,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;其中,基於以該檢查步驟偵測到之第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制該第2曝光步驟中利用該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 Further, the method for producing a polarizing film (FPR) according to the present invention is characterized in that the alignment film having the alignment material film formed on the film substrate is moved in one direction, and includes the following steps: a first exposure step, The first exposure unit provided in the moving region of the alignment film forms a first exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions on the alignment material film on the alignment film, and constitutes the first exposure pattern. The plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions extend in the one direction and are spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the one direction; and the second exposure step is provided in the moving direction of the alignment film a second exposure unit on the downstream side of the first exposure unit forms a second exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions on the alignment material film on the alignment film, and the plural exposure patterns constituting the second exposure pattern a strip-shaped exposure portion extending in the one direction and positioned in a direction perpendicular to the one direction in a direction between the exposure portions of the first exposure pattern; and an inspection step in the first exposure step and The second exposure And an exposure portion for detecting the first exposure pattern; wherein the second exposure step is controlled by the second exposure step based on a position of the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern detected by the inspection step The exposure position of the second exposure pattern of the cell.

又,本發明中,以在膜片基材上塗布了配向材料膜者作為配向膜,而以對於該配向膜進行了曝光者作為配向曝光膜,並以在該配向曝光膜上塗布了例如液晶者稱為偏光膜片。 Further, in the present invention, the alignment film is applied to the film substrate as an alignment film, and the alignment film is exposed as an alignment film, and the alignment film is coated with, for example, liquid crystal. It is called a polarizing film.

依本發明,於表面形成有配向材料膜之配向膜,在捲繞於背滾筒而於背滾筒支撐其背面的狀態下,曝光光線從第1及第2曝光光源,經由第1及第2狹縫光罩,照射到配向材料膜。從而,由於配向膜,係在支撐於背滾筒,拉伸輸送中的皺褶,並在高精度下設定了第1及第2狹縫光罩與配向膜間之距離的狀態下,進下曝光,故曝光部之形成的精度變得極高。因此,依本發明,可以在高精度下形成帶狀的曝光部。 According to the invention, the alignment film of the alignment material film is formed on the surface, and the light is exposed from the first and second exposure light sources through the first and second narrow directions while being wound around the back roller and supported by the back roller. The reticle is slit and irradiated to the alignment material film. Therefore, the alignment film is supported by the backing roll, wrinkles during stretching, and the distance between the first and second slit masks and the alignment film is set with high precision, and the exposure is performed. Therefore, the accuracy of the formation of the exposure portion becomes extremely high. Therefore, according to the present invention, the strip-shaped exposed portion can be formed with high precision.

以下,就本發明之實施形態,參照附件之圖面具體說明。圖1係顯示關於本發明之實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖,圖2係顯示將背滾筒附近的配向膜10展開之圖式。在膜片基材的表面上,於適合的塗布裝置中塗布配向材料膜,塗布有該配向材料膜配向膜10,直接輸送到背滾筒5的配置位置,又,如圖51所示,一時作為滾筒100而被捲回後,從該滾筒釋出,而輸送到背滾筒5。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to the drawings of the attached drawings. Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is a view showing an alignment film 10 in the vicinity of the back roller. On the surface of the membrane substrate, an alignment material film is applied to a suitable coating device, and the alignment material film alignment film 10 is applied and directly conveyed to the arrangement position of the back roller 5, and as shown in FIG. After the drum 100 is wound up, it is released from the drum and conveyed to the back drum 5.

於背滾筒5,以其周面之約略半部(下半部)捲繞配向膜10,配向膜10之背面接觸到背滾筒5,同時,配向膜10的表面,亦即,配向材料膜係朝向外面。光罩7、17面向配向材料膜而從配向膜10隔著若干的距離(約200μm)而設置,以使光罩7、17兩者相對並於其間挾著該背滾筒5;進而,於該狹縫光罩7、17的背後,設置有曝光光源6、16。藉此,在表面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜10,接觸背滾筒5之周面,並在藉由配向膜10輸送時之若干的張力而拉伸皺褶之狀態下,藉由背滾筒5獲得支撐。然後,藉由將 配向膜10沿中空箭頭方向連續地輸送,並從曝光光源6、16連續地照射曝光光線,該曝光光線透射光罩7、17的開口7a以及狹縫17a而照射到配向膜10。藉此,曝光後之配向曝光膜11,捲取於捲取滾子101(參照圖51)等。 In the backing drum 5, the alignment film 10 is wound around a half (lower half) of the circumferential surface thereof, and the back surface of the alignment film 10 is in contact with the backing roller 5, and at the same time, the surface of the alignment film 10, that is, the alignment material film system Heading out. The masks 7 and 17 face the alignment material film and are disposed from the alignment film 10 by a certain distance (about 200 μm) so that the masks 7 and 17 are opposed to each other and sandwich the back roller 5 therebetween; Behind the slit masks 7, 17 are provided exposure light sources 6, 16. Thereby, the alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film on the surface thereof is in contact with the circumferential surface of the back roller 5, and the wrinkles are stretched by a plurality of tensions when the alignment film 10 is conveyed, by the back roller 5 Get support. Then, by The alignment film 10 is continuously conveyed in the direction of the hollow arrow, and the exposure light is continuously irradiated from the exposure light sources 6, 16, and the exposure light is transmitted to the alignment film 10 through the opening 7a of the masks 7, 17 and the slit 17a. Thereby, the exposed exposure film 11 after the exposure is wound up on the take-up roller 101 (see FIG. 51) or the like.

背滾筒5係將內部水冷之水冷滾筒,可以繞其中心軸旋轉。然後,該背滾筒5可以自由地旋轉,配向膜10移動的同時,該背滾筒5旋轉以使其圓周速度與配向膜10之移動速度變為相同。藉此,配向膜10得以在背滾筒5之周面不存在相對的速度差之狀態下獲得支撐。從而,施加適宜的張力而輸送之配向膜10,以防止在背滾筒5的周面上產生皺褶。 The back drum 5 is a water-cooled drum that internally cools the water and is rotatable about its central axis. Then, the back roller 5 is freely rotatable, and while the alignment film 10 is moved, the back roller 5 is rotated so that its peripheral speed becomes the same as the moving speed of the alignment film 10. Thereby, the alignment film 10 can be supported in a state where there is no relative speed difference on the circumferential surface of the back drum 5. Thereby, the alignment film 10 is conveyed by applying a suitable tension to prevent wrinkles from being generated on the circumferential surface of the back drum 5.

於背滾筒5之周面捲繞有配向膜10的部分之始端部的附近,對向該背滾筒5而配置有光罩7,在該光罩7之背後,配置著曝光光線之光源6,其經由光罩7曝光配向膜10。又,於背滾筒5之周面捲繞有配向膜10的部分之後端部附近,對向該背滾筒5而配置有狹縫光罩17,在該狹縫光罩17的背後,配置有曝光光線之光源16,其經由狹縫光罩17曝光配向膜10。光罩7,具有開口7a,其在配向膜10的寬度方向延伸而於該配向膜10的寬度方向近全區域開口;在狹縫光罩17,於配向膜10之移動方向上若干長矩形之複數之狹縫17a,配列於配向膜10之寬度方向。該狹縫17a之配列間距,係對應於FPR方式之3D液晶顯示裝置,而相當於兩條掃描線2的分量。 In the vicinity of the beginning end portion of the portion of the backing roll 5 around which the alignment film 10 is wound, the photomask 7 is disposed facing the back roller 5, and a light source 6 for exposing light is disposed behind the photomask 7. It exposes the alignment film 10 via the photomask 7. Further, in the vicinity of the end portion of the portion on which the alignment film 10 is wound around the circumferential surface of the back roller 5, a slit mask 17 is disposed facing the back roller 5, and an exposure is disposed behind the slit mask 17. A light source 16 that exposes the alignment film 10 via the slit mask 17. The mask 7 has an opening 7a extending in the width direction of the alignment film 10 and opening in the entire width direction of the alignment film 10; in the slit mask 17, a plurality of long rectangles in the moving direction of the alignment film 10. The plurality of slits 17a are arranged in the width direction of the alignment film 10. The arrangement pitch of the slits 17a corresponds to the FPR type 3D liquid crystal display device and corresponds to the components of the two scanning lines 2.

然後,例如,來自曝光光源6之曝光光線,係於順時針方向偏光之圓偏光(CW(clockwise)圓偏光)的光線,來自曝光光源16之曝光光線,係於逆時針方向偏光之圓偏光(CCW(counter clockwise)圓偏光)的光線。如中空箭頭所示,對於在一方向移動之配向膜10,藉由將來自光罩7之開口7a的曝光光源6之曝光光線照射到配向膜10,除在配向膜10其兩側面部的部分外,於一面照射曝光 光線。又,藉由將來自狹縫光罩17之狹縫17a的曝光光源16之曝光光線照射到配向膜10,對應於該狹縫17a之配向膜10上的部分,藉由來自曝光光源16之曝光光線,印刷曝光。 Then, for example, the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 is a light that is polarized in a clockwise direction (CW (clockwise) circularly polarized light), and the exposure light from the exposure light source 16 is circularly polarized in a counterclockwise direction ( CCW (counter clockwise) light. As shown by the hollow arrow, for the alignment film 10 moving in one direction, by exposing the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 of the opening 7a of the reticle 7 to the alignment film 10, except for the portions of the alignment film 10 on both sides thereof Outside, exposure on one side Light. Further, by exposing the exposure light from the exposure light source 16 of the slit 17a of the slit mask 17 to the alignment film 10, the portion corresponding to the alignment film 10 of the slit 17a is exposed by the exposure light source 16. Light, print exposure.

於配向膜10的表面上,形成有可逆性之配向材料膜,首先,藉由透過光罩7之開口7a的CW圓偏光之曝光光線,曝光配向膜10表面的配向材料膜全區域。接著,藉由來自狹縫光罩17的狹縫17a之CCW圓偏光的曝光光線,曝光對應於狹縫17a之帶狀區域。藉此,對應於狹縫17a之帶狀的曝光部分(CCW圓偏光)成為曝光部10b,對應於狹縫17a間部分之帶狀的部分(CW圓偏光)成為曝光部10a。 On the surface of the alignment film 10, a reversible alignment material film is formed. First, the entire area of the alignment material film on the surface of the alignment film 10 is exposed by the CW circularly polarized exposure light transmitted through the opening 7a of the mask 7. Next, the strip-shaped region corresponding to the slit 17a is exposed by the exposure light from the CCW circularly polarized from the slit 17a of the slit mask 17. Thereby, the strip-shaped exposed portion (CCW circularly polarized light) corresponding to the slit 17a is the exposed portion 10b, and the strip-shaped portion (CW circularly polarized light) corresponding to the portion between the slits 17a becomes the exposed portion 10a.

其次,針對如上述構成之本實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之動作加以說明。於配向膜10表面塗布配向材料膜,例如,寬度為1500mm,厚度為100μm,1個滾筒100的膜片長為例如2km,通常,以2~10m/分之速度輸送。又,例如,該基材的材質為COP(Cyclo-olefin polymer,環烯烴聚合物)或是TAC(Triacetyl Cellulose Film,三醋酸纖維素)膜片。該配向膜10,係輸送到背滾筒5的配置位置為止,而捲繞而支撐於背滾筒5。然後,配向膜10之配向材料膜,從曝光光源6,經由光罩7的開口7a,將CW圓偏光的曝光光線照射到配向膜10之近乎全區域,之後,從曝光光源16,經由狹縫光罩17的狹縫17a,帶狀地照射CCW圓偏光的曝光光線,對應該狹縫17a之配向膜10的部分,從CW圓偏光之曝光部,印刷曝光於CCW圓偏光的曝光部。此時,配向膜10之配向材料膜為可逆性的材料,藉由將CW圓偏光的曝光光線至照射到近乎配向膜10之全體表面,以配向近乎配向膜10之全體表面,進而,藉由帶狀地照射CCW圓偏光的曝光光線,配向在該配向膜10之帶狀的部分。藉此,配向膜10之對應狹縫17a的部分,形成利用CCW圓偏光之曝光部10b(參照圖50)。另一方面,該曝光部10b間之帶狀的部分形成利用CW圓偏光之曝光部10a。 藉此,交互地形成曝光部10a、10b,可以製造對應一條掃描線形成有偏光部1a、1b之FPR方式的偏光膜片。 Next, the operation of the film exposure apparatus of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described. The alignment material film is applied to the surface of the alignment film 10, for example, having a width of 1500 mm and a thickness of 100 μm, and the film length of one roller 100 is, for example, 2 km, and is usually transported at a speed of 2 to 10 m/min. Further, for example, the material of the substrate is COP (Cyclo-olefin polymer) or TAC (Triacetyl Cellulose Film) film. The alignment film 10 is conveyed to the arrangement position of the back roll 5, and is wound and supported by the back roll 5. Then, the alignment material film of the alignment film 10 irradiates the CW circularly polarized exposure light from the exposure light source 6 through the opening 7a of the photomask 7 to the nearly full area of the alignment film 10, and then, from the exposure light source 16, through the slit. The slit 17a of the mask 17 irradiates the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized light in a strip shape, and the portion corresponding to the alignment film 10 of the slit 17a is exposed to the exposed portion of the CCW circularly polarized light from the exposed portion of the CW circularly polarized light. At this time, the alignment material film of the alignment film 10 is a reversible material, and the exposure light of the CW circularly polarized light is irradiated onto the entire surface of the nearly alignment film 10 to be aligned to the entire surface of the alignment film 10, thereby The exposure light that is circularly irradiated with the CCW circularly polarized light is aligned to the strip-shaped portion of the alignment film 10. Thereby, the portion of the alignment film 10 corresponding to the slit 17a is formed with an exposure portion 10b (see FIG. 50) which is circularly polarized by CCW. On the other hand, the strip-shaped portion between the exposed portions 10b forms the exposed portion 10a which is circularly polarized by CW. Thereby, the exposure portions 10a and 10b are alternately formed, and an FPR type polarizing film sheet in which the polarizing portions 1a and 1b are formed in one scanning line can be manufactured.

此時,由於薄配向膜10,係以支撐於背滾筒5,且受到拉伸皺褶之狀態下,經由狹縫光罩17的狹縫17a進行曝光,故可以防止配向膜10之皺褶以及振動,且可以在高精度下,形成曝光部10a、10b。又,由於經由光罩7之曝光,係對於配向膜10之寬度方向全區域進行,無需使光罩7與狹縫光罩17間之位置配合,故不存在位置配合不良之問點,此點,亦使其可以在高精度下形成曝光部10a、10b。然後,由於本發明中,係對於1個背滾筒5,進行2次的曝光,無需於每次曝光使用高價之背滾筒,故可以減低FPR偏光膜片之製造成本。 At this time, since the thin alignment film 10 is supported by the back roll 5 and exposed to the stretch wrinkles, the film is exposed through the slit 17a of the slit mask 17, so that the wrinkles of the alignment film 10 can be prevented and Vibration, and the exposure portions 10a, 10b can be formed with high precision. Further, since the exposure through the mask 7 is performed on the entire width direction of the alignment film 10, it is not necessary to match the position between the mask 7 and the slit mask 17, so that there is no problem of positional mismatch. It also makes it possible to form the exposure portions 10a, 10b with high precision. Then, in the present invention, the exposure of the one back roll 5 is performed twice, and it is not necessary to use the expensive back roll for each exposure, so that the manufacturing cost of the FPR polarizing film can be reduced.

其次,參照圖3及圖4,就本發明之第2實施形態加以說明。本實施形態中,配向膜10首先經由具有狹縫17a之狹縫光罩17,接收來自曝光光源6之CW圓偏光的曝光光線之照射,接著,經由具有開口7a之光罩7,接受來自曝光光源16之CCW圓偏光的曝光光線之照射,由於僅上述點與第1實施形態相異,其他構成係與第1實施形態相同,故於相同構成物付加相同符號,並省略其詳細說明。如圖4所示,將來自曝光光源6之CW圓偏光的曝光光線,藉由經由狹縫17a而於配向膜10上之配向材料膜曝光,形成帶狀之曝光部10a。此時,配向膜10上之配向材料膜為非可逆性的材料,藉由該CW圓偏光之曝光光線的照射,將該部分之配向材料膜進行配向。接著,將來自曝光光源16之CCW圓偏光的曝光光線,藉由經由開口7a於配向膜10上之配向材料膜曝光,將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線照射至配向膜10之幾近全體表面。此時,由於曝光部10a,係使用非可逆性之材料,且係藉由CW圓偏光進行配向,故即使接收到CCW圓偏光之曝光光線的照射,配向亦不會變化。然後,曝光部10a間之曝光光源6的未曝光部,接收來自曝光光源16之CCW圓偏光的曝光光線之照射,該部分成 為對應於CCW圓偏光之曝光部10b。藉此,如圖50所示,藉此,如圖50所示,能製造出偏光部1a及偏光部1b對應於一條掃描線而交互地配置之偏光膜片1。 Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 3 and 4 . In the present embodiment, the alignment film 10 first receives the exposure light of the CW circularly polarized light from the exposure light source 6 via the slit mask 17 having the slit 17a, and then receives the exposure from the exposure mask 7 having the opening 7a. The illumination of the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized light source 16 is the same as that of the first embodiment, and the other components are the same as those of the first embodiment. Therefore, the same components are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted. As shown in FIG. 4, the exposure light of the CW circularly polarized from the exposure light source 6 is exposed by the alignment material film on the alignment film 10 via the slit 17a to form a strip-shaped exposed portion 10a. At this time, the alignment material film on the alignment film 10 is a non-reversible material, and the portion of the alignment material film is aligned by irradiation of the CW circularly polarized exposure light. Next, the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized from the exposure light source 16 is exposed to the alignment material film on the alignment film 10 through the opening 7a, and the CCW circularly polarized exposure light is irradiated onto the nearly entire surface of the alignment film 10. At this time, since the exposed portion 10a is made of an irreversible material and is aligned by CW circularly polarized light, the alignment does not change even if the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized light is received. Then, the unexposed portion of the exposure light source 6 between the exposure portions 10a receives the exposure light from the CCW circularly polarized light of the exposure light source 16, and the portion is formed. It is an exposure portion 10b corresponding to CCW circularly polarized light. As a result, as shown in FIG. 50, as shown in FIG. 50, the polarizing film 1a in which the polarizing portion 1a and the polarizing portion 1b are alternately arranged corresponding to one scanning line can be manufactured.

如上述般進行,由於本實施形態中,以CW圓偏光形成了帶狀的曝光部10a後,藉由CCW圓偏光之曝光光線的全體表面曝光,於曝光部10a間形成曝光部10b,故與第1實施形態相同,無需光罩7與狹縫光罩17之位置配合。又,本實施形態亦與第1實施形態相同,能防止配向膜10之振動及皺褶,且在高精度下形成曝光部10a、10b。藉此,能製造出具有對應於一條掃描線之以高精度整合的偏光部1a、1b之FPR偏光膜片1。 As described above, in the present embodiment, after the strip-shaped exposure portion 10a is formed by CW circularly polarized light, the entire surface of the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized light is exposed, and the exposure portion 10b is formed between the exposure portions 10a. In the same manner as in the first embodiment, the position of the mask 7 and the slit mask 17 is not required. Further, in the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the vibration and wrinkles of the alignment film 10 can be prevented, and the exposure portions 10a and 10b can be formed with high precision. Thereby, the FPR polarizing film 1 having the polarizing portions 1a and 1b integrated with high precision corresponding to one scanning line can be manufactured.

其次,參照圖5及圖6(a)、(b)就本發明之第3實施形態加以說明。雖然前述之第1及第2實施形態係關於FPR偏光膜片的形成,本實施形態係關於光配向膜的形成。本實施形態中,與第1實施形態相同,配向膜10接觸於背滾筒5;在與背滾筒5之被動旋轉同時移動之配向膜10的移動區域之始端部,亦即,在背滾筒5之周面捲繞有配向膜10的部分之始端部的附近,配置具有開口7a之光罩7;而於該移動區域之後端部配置具有狹縫17a之光罩17。本實施形態與第1實施形態之相異點在於,來自曝光光源6之曝光光線,例如,以40°之傾斜角度對於光罩7入射,而來自曝光光源16之曝光光線,例如,以-40°之傾斜角度對於狹縫光罩17入射。 Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 5 and 6(a) and (b). In the first and second embodiments described above, the formation of the FPR polarizing film is related to the formation of the photoalignment film. In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the alignment film 10 is in contact with the back roll 5, and the start end portion of the moving region of the alignment film 10 that moves simultaneously with the passive rotation of the back roll 5, that is, in the back roll 5 A mask 7 having an opening 7a is disposed in the vicinity of the beginning end portion of the portion where the alignment film 10 is wound around the circumference, and a mask 17 having the slit 17a is disposed at the end portion after the movement region. The present embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 is incident on the photomask 7 at an oblique angle of, for example, 40°, and the exposure light from the exposure light source 16 is, for example, -40. The inclination angle of ° is incident on the slit mask 17.

本實施形態中,對於形成有可逆性之配向材料膜之配向膜10,照射與配向膜10之輸送方向呈40°傾斜的曝光光線至配向膜10的近乎全區域,之後,照射與配向膜10之輸送方向呈-40°傾斜之曝光光線至對應於狹縫17a之帶狀的區域(曝光部10d),並對於該區域,藉由-40°傾斜之曝光光線進行印刷曝光。於本實施形態中,亦與第1實施形態相同,藉由2次曝,形成曝光部10c、10d, 在曝光部10d,藉由以第2次之曝光的-40°傾斜入射之曝光光線決定配向方向,在曝光部10c,藉由以第1次之曝光的40°傾斜入射之曝光光線決定配向方向。藉此,可以得到具有交互地相異之光配向方向的曝光部10c、10d之光配向膜,作為液晶顯示裝置之光配向膜,可以使用於擴大視野角。又,本實施形態中,不存在配向膜10之振動及皺褶,故可以在高精度下形成曝光部10c、10d。又,無需光罩7與狹縫光罩17之間的位置配合。 In the present embodiment, the alignment film 10 on which the reversible alignment material film is formed is irradiated with an exposure light inclined at 40° to the transport direction of the alignment film 10 to almost the entire area of the alignment film 10, and then irradiated with the alignment film 10 The conveyance direction is inclined at -40° to the strip-shaped region corresponding to the slit 17a (exposure portion 10d), and for this region, the exposure is performed by the -40° oblique exposure light. Also in the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the exposure portions 10c and 10d are formed by two exposures. In the exposure unit 10d, the alignment direction is determined by the exposure light incident obliquely at -40° of the second exposure, and the alignment direction is determined by the exposure light of the 40° oblique incidence of the first exposure in the exposure unit 10c. . Thereby, an optical alignment film having exposed portions 10c and 10d in mutually different light alignment directions can be obtained, and can be used as an optical alignment film of a liquid crystal display device to expand the viewing angle. Further, in the present embodiment, since the vibration and wrinkles of the alignment film 10 are not present, the exposure portions 10c and 10d can be formed with high precision. Moreover, the positional fit between the photomask 7 and the slit mask 17 is not required.

其次,參照圖7及圖8,就本發明之第4實施形態加以說明。雖然本實施形態與第3實施形態相同,係關於光配向膜之形成,但是與第3實施形態不同之處在於,配向膜10上之配向材料膜為非可逆性的材料;對於配向膜10之最初的曝光,係使用具有狹縫17a之狹縫光罩17,藉由來自曝光光源6之具有40°傾斜的入射角度之曝光光線,照射配向膜10;其次的曝光,係使用具有開口7a之光罩7,藉由來自曝光光源16之具有-40°傾斜的入射角度之曝光光線照射配向膜10。 Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 7 and 8 . The present embodiment is similar to the third embodiment in the formation of the photo-alignment film, but is different from the third embodiment in that the alignment material film on the alignment film 10 is a non-reversible material; The initial exposure uses a slit mask 17 having a slit 17a, and the alignment film 10 is irradiated by exposure light having an incident angle of 40° from the exposure light source 6; the second exposure is performed using the opening 7a. The reticle 7 illuminates the alignment film 10 by exposure light from an exposure light source 16 having an incident angle of -40° tilt.

本實施形態中,首先,經由狹縫17a,使對於配向膜10之進行方向呈40°傾斜之曝光光線入射至配向膜10,而對於配向膜10,形成帶狀之曝光部10c。藉由該以40°傾斜入射之曝光光線,配向帶狀的曝光部10c,以使其配向方向變為40°傾斜。其次,經由開口7a,使對於配向膜10之進行方向呈-40°傾斜之曝光光線入射至配向膜10,以-40°傾斜入射之曝光光線照射全體表面。此時,由於曝光部10c係使用非可逆性的材料而加以配向,即便受到-40°傾斜之曝光光線的照射,其配向方向亦不會變化;來自曝光光源6之曝光光線的未曝光部,受到-40°傾斜之曝光光線的照射,配向方向於該方向上一致。藉此,能得到交互形成40°傾斜之曝光部10c與-40°傾斜之曝光部10d的光配向膜。本實施形態中,亦不會產生配向膜10之振動及皺褶,故可以在高精度下形成曝光部10c、10d。此外,亦無需光罩7及狹縫光罩17間之位置配 合。 In the present embodiment, first, the exposure light having an inclination of 40° with respect to the direction in which the alignment film 10 is formed is incident on the alignment film 10 via the slit 17a, and the strip-shaped exposure portion 10c is formed on the alignment film 10. By the exposure light incident obliquely at 40°, the strip-shaped exposure portion 10c is aligned so that the alignment direction thereof becomes 40°. Next, exposure light having an inclination of -40° with respect to the direction in which the alignment film 10 is applied is incident on the alignment film 10 through the opening 7a, and the entire surface is irradiated with the exposure light obliquely incident at -40°. At this time, since the exposure portion 10c is aligned using a non-reversible material, the alignment direction does not change even when subjected to irradiation with an exposure light of -40° inclination; the unexposed portion of the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 is Irradiated by the -40° tilted exposure light, the alignment direction is uniform in that direction. Thereby, an optical alignment film which alternately forms the exposed portion 10c inclined at 40° and the exposed portion 10d inclined at -40° can be obtained. Also in this embodiment, vibration and wrinkles of the alignment film 10 are not generated, so that the exposure portions 10c and 10d can be formed with high precision. In addition, the position between the mask 7 and the slit mask 17 is not required. Hehe.

又,本發明,不限於上述各實施形態,而能有各種的變形。例如,雖然於上述各實施形態中,使用具有狹縫17a之狹縫光罩17及具有開口7a之光罩7,而無需光罩7及狹縫光罩17之位置配合,但是,如圖52所示,亦可使用雷射標示器110,於配向膜10形成標記111,並於光罩7與狹縫光罩17之配置位置,藉由攝相機等觀察而偵測該標記111的位置,若將該標記111作為指標,而使光罩7與狹縫光罩17之位置配合,則如圖52所示,共者均可使用具有狹縫之狹縫光罩。亦即,可以分別藉由2個狹縫光罩,形成曝光部10a、10b或是曝光部10c、10d。此時,以與另一狹縫光罩的狹縫之配列間距相同的間距,形成其中一個狹縫光罩的狹縫;以狹縫之配列間距的1/2之間距的量,在配向膜10的寬度方向上相對於另一狹縫光罩偏倚,配置其中一個狹縫光罩。又,雖然於上述第3實施形態及第4實施形態中,曝光光線之入射傾斜角度為40°及-40°,但是,該曝光光線之入射傾斜角度並不限於此,而能採用各種的角度。 Further, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible. For example, in the above embodiments, the slit mask 17 having the slit 17a and the mask 7 having the opening 7a are used, and the positional cooperation of the mask 7 and the slit mask 17 is not required, but as shown in FIG. As shown, the laser marker 110 can also be used to form the mark 111 on the alignment film 10, and the position of the mark 111 can be detected by the camera or the like at the position where the mask 7 and the slit mask 17 are disposed. When the mark 111 is used as an index to match the position of the mask 7 and the slit mask 17, as shown in Fig. 52, a slit mask having slits can be used in common. That is, the exposure portions 10a and 10b or the exposure portions 10c and 10d can be formed by two slit masks, respectively. At this time, the slit of one of the slit masks is formed at the same pitch as the arrangement pitch of the slits of the other slit mask; the amount of the gap between the slits is 1/2 of the spacing, in the alignment film One of the slit reticles is disposed in the width direction of 10 with respect to the other slit reticle. Further, in the third embodiment and the fourth embodiment, the incident tilt angles of the exposure light are 40° and -40°, but the incident tilt angle of the exposure light is not limited thereto, and various angles can be adopted. .

其次,就本發明之第5實施形態加以說明。本實施形態中,於配向膜之進行方向的背滾筒之上游側,設置了冷卻配向膜之冷卻構件。以下,就本發明之第5實施形態,參照圖9及圖10而具體地加以說明。雖然藉由上述之第1至第4實施例,可以防止由於配向膜10之上下振動迦成曝光部之形成精度下降,然而,一般而言,在偏光膜片的製造方法中,更存在別的問題點。圖11為顯示使用了該背滾筒之FPR方式的偏光膜片1之製造方法的示意圖。透明之膜片基材12,於塗布裝置2,在其表面(圖示為底面)塗布配向材料膜。塗布了該配向材料膜之配向膜10,係藉由空氣轉向桿3、4規定其進行軌跡,而輸送至捲取滾筒100(參照圖51),並受到捲取。之後,輸送到背滾筒5,而於背滾筒5的表面暫時捲繞後,經由曝光步驟、液晶塗布步驟及後烘烤步驟,而成為偏光 膜片1,其後,輸送至偏光膜片1之捲取裝置。在此場合,配向膜10以於其表面塗布有配向材料膜之狀態,藉由空氣轉向桿3、4限制其進行軌跡,由於配向膜10之塗布有配向材料膜的表面側成為空氣轉向桿3、4側,在該空氣轉向桿3、4,如圖12所示,於其表面複數設置有空氣之吐出孔31,並藉由從該吐出孔31吐出空氣,使配向膜10不會接觸到空氣轉向桿3、4。換句話說,配向膜10係以從空氣轉向桿3、4飄浮之狀態,限制其進行軌跡。 Next, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the present embodiment, a cooling member that cools the alignment film is provided on the upstream side of the backing roller in the direction in which the alignment film is formed. Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Figs. 9 and 10 . According to the first to fourth embodiments described above, it is possible to prevent the formation accuracy of the exposure portion due to the vibration of the alignment film 10 from being lowered. However, in general, in the method of manufacturing the polarizing film, there are other cases. Problems. Fig. 11 is a schematic view showing a method of manufacturing the polarizing film 1 of the FPR method using the backing roll. The transparent membrane substrate 12 is coated on the coating device 2 with an alignment material film on its surface (shown as the bottom surface). The alignment film 10 to which the alignment material film is applied is guided to the winding drum 100 (see FIG. 51) by the air turning rods 3 and 4, and is taken up. After that, it is conveyed to the back roll 5, and after being temporarily wound on the surface of the back roll 5, it becomes polarized light through an exposure step, a liquid crystal coating step, and a post-baking step. The diaphragm 1 is then conveyed to a take-up device of the polarizing film 1. In this case, the alignment film 10 is in a state in which the surface of the alignment film is coated with the alignment material film, and the trajectory is restricted by the air turning rods 3 and 4, and the surface side of the alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film becomes the air steering rod 3. On the four sides, in the air steering levers 3, 4, as shown in Fig. 12, a plurality of air discharge holes 31 are provided on the surface thereof, and the air is discharged from the discharge holes 31 so that the alignment film 10 does not come into contact with Air steering rods 3, 4. In other words, the alignment film 10 is restricted from being traversed by the state in which the air turning levers 3, 4 are floated.

於背滾筒5,捲繞配向膜10,而以配向膜10之背面接觸到背滾筒5,同時,配向膜10的表面,亦即,配向材料膜係朝向外面。狹縫光罩7b、17係面向配向材料膜而從配向膜10隔著若干的距離(大約200μm)而設置,以使狹縫光罩7b、17兩者相對並於其間挾著該背滾筒5;進而,於該狹縫光罩7b、17的背後,設置有曝光光源6、16。藉此,如圖13所示,於表面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜10,接觸到背滾筒5的周面,並以藉由輸送配向膜10時之若干的張力而拉伸皺褶的狀態,藉由背滾筒5予以支撐。然後,如圖14所示,藉由將配向膜10沿中空箭頭方向連續地輸送,並從曝光裝置6、16連續地照射曝光光線,該曝光光線透射狹縫光罩7b、17的狹縫7c、17a而照射到配向膜10,並在配向材料膜形成於相同的方向配向之帶狀的曝光部10a、10b。該帶狀的曝光部10a、10b,具有相當於一條掃描線分量之間隔而彼此隔離,並配向於彼此不同之方向上。 The alignment film 10 is wound around the backing roll 5, and the back surface of the alignment film 10 is brought into contact with the backing roll 5, and the surface of the alignment film 10, that is, the alignment material film system faces outward. The slit masks 7b, 17 are disposed facing the alignment material film and spaced apart from the alignment film 10 by a certain distance (about 200 μm) so that the slit masks 7b, 17 are opposed to each other with the back roller 5 therebetween. Further, exposure light sources 6 and 16 are provided behind the slit masks 7b and 17. As a result, as shown in FIG. 13, the alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film on the surface thereof is in contact with the circumferential surface of the backing roll 5, and the wrinkles are stretched by a certain tension when the alignment film 10 is conveyed. Supported by the back roller 5. Then, as shown in Fig. 14, by continuously conveying the alignment film 10 in the direction of the hollow arrow, and continuously irradiating the exposure light from the exposure devices 6, 16, the exposure light is transmitted through the slit 7c of the slit masks 7b, 17. The alignment film 10 is irradiated to the alignment film 10 at 17a, and the strip-shaped exposure portions 10a and 10b which are aligned in the same direction are formed on the alignment material film. The strip-shaped exposed portions 10a and 10b are spaced apart from each other with an interval corresponding to one scanning line component, and are aligned in directions different from each other.

然而,如圖11所示,由於在配向膜10表面塗布有配向材料膜,為了不接觸到空氣轉向桿3、4,從形成於該空氣轉向桿3、4之表面的吐出孔31,吐出有空氣。因此,該配向膜10藉由吐出空氣而受到加熱,如圖14所示,將背滾筒5及狹縫光罩7b、17的附近平面地展開,當到達狹縫光罩7b、17及背滾筒5時,配向膜10於其寬度方向上膨脹。又,該配向膜10之膨脹,係由於曝光前的預先烘烤所產生。例如,該基材的材質,為COP(Cyclo-olefin polymer,環烯烴聚合物)或是TAC(Triacetyl Cellulose Film,三醋酸纖維素)膜片,配向膜10的寬度為1500mm,厚度為100μm,長度為2km,通常,以2~10m/分之速度輸送,例如,藉由該配向膜10之熱膨脹,寬度D0會延伸到15~20μm(=2△D)。這麼一來,對於配向膜10之常溫時的寬度D0,若於到達狹縫光罩7b時,配向膜10之寬度方向兩端緣分別膨脹△D,而於該膨脹之配向膜10經由既定間距之狹縫光罩7b、17的狹縫7c、17a加以曝光,則由於配向曝光膜11之後在冷卻而回復常溫時,延伸量2△D會變為0,故曝光部10a、10b之間距會以該分量變小,而無法得到期望間距之帶狀偏光部1a、1b。因此,習知技術中,係將狹縫光罩7b、17之狹縫的配列間距,對於一條掃描線之間隔,設定為加上考量了熱膨脹之膨脹量者,以使配向曝光膜11向常溫冷卻後成為既定間距。但是,由於配向膜10的材質以及輸送速度等,使配向膜10之熱膨脹量相異,欲事先預期該熱膨脹量而製作狹縫光罩7b、17之作業相當煩雜,故難以在高精度下形成偏光部1a、1b。 However, as shown in FIG. 11, since the surface of the alignment film 10 is coated with the alignment material film, in order not to contact the air steering rods 3, 4, the discharge holes 31 formed on the surfaces of the air deflection rods 3, 4 are discharged. air. Therefore, the alignment film 10 is heated by the discharge of air, and as shown in Fig. 14, the vicinity of the back roller 5 and the slit masks 7b, 17 is planarly spread, and when reaching the slit masks 7b, 17 and the back roller At 5 o'clock, the alignment film 10 is expanded in the width direction thereof. Further, the expansion of the alignment film 10 is caused by prebaking before exposure. For example, the material of the substrate is COP (Cyclo-olefin polymer) or TAC (Triacetyl Cellulose Film) film. The width of the alignment film 10 is 1500 mm, and the thickness is 100 μm. It is 2 km, usually, transported at a speed of 2 to 10 m/min. For example, by thermal expansion of the alignment film 10, the width D 0 is extended to 15 to 20 μm (= 2 ΔD). In this way, when the width D 0 at the normal temperature of the alignment film 10 reaches the slit mask 7b, the both end edges of the alignment film 10 in the width direction are respectively expanded by ΔD, and the aligned alignment film 10 is set via the expansion. When the slits 7c and 17a of the slit masks 7b and 17 are exposed to each other, the extension amount 2ΔD becomes 0 when the exposure film 11 is cooled and returned to normal temperature, so that the distance between the exposure portions 10a and 10b is small. This component becomes small, and the strip-shaped polarizing portions 1a and 1b having a desired pitch cannot be obtained. Therefore, in the prior art, the arrangement pitch of the slits of the slit masks 7b and 17 is set to the interval between one scanning line and the amount of expansion of the thermal expansion is considered to make the alignment exposure film 11 to normal temperature. After cooling, it becomes a predetermined pitch. However, the amount of thermal expansion of the alignment film 10 differs depending on the material of the alignment film 10, the conveyance speed, and the like. It is rather complicated to prepare the slit masks 7b and 17 in advance, and it is difficult to form them with high precision. Polarized portions 1a, 1b.

又,在藉由曝光光源6曝光時,亦會加熱配向膜10。因此,背滾筒5內部為空洞,其內部係以冷卻水充填,而進行水冷。從而,雖然配向膜10接觸背滾筒5而冷卻,由於配向膜10接觸背滾筒5的周面而受到一定的摩擦力,使其於寬度方向持續受到拘束,故即使接觸該背滾筒5而受到冷卻,配向膜10亦不會於其寬度方向急速收縮;如圖14所示,配向膜10於曝光時在寬度方向維持膨脹之狀態,其後,從背滾筒5脫離後,藉由以背滾筒5冷卻而降溫,回復到常溫時的寬度。因此,即使冷卻背滾筒5,所得到之偏光膜片1,亦維持產生偏光部1a、1b之線寬的偏離之狀態。 Further, when exposed by the exposure light source 6, the alignment film 10 is also heated. Therefore, the inside of the back drum 5 is hollow, and the inside thereof is filled with cooling water to be water-cooled. Therefore, although the alignment film 10 is cooled by contact with the backing roll 5, the alignment film 10 receives a certain frictional force in contact with the circumferential surface of the backing roll 5, and is continuously restrained in the width direction, so that it is cooled even if it contacts the back roll 5. The alignment film 10 also does not rapidly shrink in the width direction thereof; as shown in FIG. 14, the alignment film 10 maintains an expanded state in the width direction during exposure, and thereafter, after being detached from the back roller 5, by the back roller 5 Cool down and cool down to the width at room temperature. Therefore, even if the backing roll 5 is cooled, the obtained polarizing film 1 maintains a state in which the line widths of the polarizing portions 1a and 1b are deviated.

因此,本第5實施形態之目的在於:可以不拘束於配向膜10之熱膨脹,而以既定之間隔形成曝光部,並得到以高精度形成偏光部之偏光膜片。圖9為顯示關於本第5實施形態之膜片曝光裝置的示意圖。與習知技術相同,配向膜10係藉由塗布裝置2於其 表面塗布了配向材料膜後,經由空氣轉向桿3、4輸送到背滾筒5(參照圖11)。然後,配向膜10捲繞於背滾筒5的周面之約略半部(下半部),並輸送到配向曝光膜11之捲取裝置。背滾筒5為內部受到水冷之水冷滾筒,並可以繞其中心軸旋轉。然後,該背滾筒5可以自由地旋轉,並在配向膜10移動的同時,該背滾筒5旋轉以使其圓周速度與配向膜10的移動速度變為相同。藉此,配向膜10係以與背滾筒5的周面不存在相對速度差的狀態獲得背滾筒5的支撐。從而,防止被施加適當的張力而輸送之配向膜10於背滾筒5的周面上產生皺褶。 Therefore, an object of the fifth embodiment is to form an exposure portion at a predetermined interval without restricting the thermal expansion of the alignment film 10, and to obtain a polarizing film having a polarizing portion with high precision. Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to the fifth embodiment. The alignment film 10 is applied to the coating device 2 by the coating device 2 as in the prior art. After the surface of the alignment material film is applied, it is transported to the back drum 5 via the air turning rods 3 and 4 (see FIG. 11). Then, the alignment film 10 is wound around approximately half (lower half) of the circumferential surface of the backing roll 5, and is conveyed to the take-up device of the alignment film 11. The back drum 5 is a water-cooled drum that is internally cooled by water and is rotatable about its central axis. Then, the back roller 5 is freely rotatable, and while the alignment film 10 is moved, the back roller 5 is rotated so that its peripheral speed becomes the same as the moving speed of the alignment film 10. Thereby, the alignment film 10 is supported by the back roller 5 in a state where there is no relative speed difference with the circumferential surface of the back roller 5. Thereby, the alignment film 10 conveyed by application of an appropriate tension is prevented from being wrinkled on the circumferential surface of the back drum 5.

於背滾筒5之周面捲繞有配向膜10的部分之始端部附近,對向於該背滾筒5而配置有狹縫光罩7b,在該狹縫光罩7b的背後,配置有曝光光線之光源6,其經由狹縫光罩7b而曝光配向膜10。又,於背滾筒5的周面捲繞有配向膜10的部分之後端部附近,對向該背滾筒5,配置有狹縫光罩17,在該狹縫光罩17的背後,配置有曝光光線之光源16,其經由狹縫光罩17曝光配向膜10。雖然該光源6及光源16亦取決於配向材料膜的材質,然而,例如,藉由照射之曝光光線的偏光方向彼此不同,或是藉由對於配向膜10從彼此不同的方向照射曝光光線,如圖2、圖4、圖6、圖8所示,該光源6及光源16可以交互地形成於彼此不同的方向配向之曝光部10a、10b或是曝光部10c、10d。 In the vicinity of the beginning end portion of the portion of the back surface of the backing roll 5 around which the alignment film 10 is wound, a slit mask 7b is disposed opposite to the back roller 5, and exposure light is disposed behind the slit mask 7b. The light source 6 exposes the alignment film 10 via the slit mask 7b. Further, in the vicinity of the end portion of the portion on which the alignment film 10 is wound around the circumferential surface of the back roller 5, a slit mask 17 is disposed facing the back roller 5, and an exposure is disposed behind the slit mask 17. A light source 16 that exposes the alignment film 10 via the slit mask 17. Although the light source 6 and the light source 16 are also dependent on the material of the alignment material film, for example, the polarization directions of the exposure light by irradiation are different from each other, or by irradiating the exposure light from different directions from each other for the alignment film 10, such as As shown in FIGS. 2, 4, 6, and 8, the light source 6 and the light source 16 can be alternately formed in the exposure portions 10a and 10b or the exposure portions 10c and 10d aligned in directions different from each other.

然後,在配向膜10之進行方向的背滾筒5之上游側,配置冷卻滾筒8,使其可繞自身之中心軸旋轉可能。該冷卻滾筒8,為內部水冷之水冷滾筒,於配向膜10之移動區域,冷卻滾筒8在配向膜10轉動而旋轉,以冷卻配向膜10。 Then, on the upstream side of the backing drum 5 in the direction in which the alignment film 10 is oriented, the cooling drum 8 is disposed so as to be rotatable about its central axis. The cooling drum 8 is an internally water-cooled water-cooled drum. In the moving region of the alignment film 10, the cooling drum 8 is rotated by the alignment film 10 to rotate the alignment film 10.

圖10為顯示於背滾筒5及狹縫光罩7b、17的附近展開配向膜10之示意圖。於狹縫光罩7b、17,各自形成複數之狹縫7c、17a,該狹縫7c、17a之配列間距,對應於FPR方式之3D液晶顯 示裝置,相當於兩條掃描線之量。然後,狹縫光罩7b、17之配置,係以一條掃描線的量於配向膜10之寬度方向平移,以使由狹縫光罩7b之狹縫7c形成的帶狀之曝光部分間的未曝光部,藉由狹縫光罩17之狹縫17a曝光。亦即,狹縫光罩17之狹縫17a,以與狹縫光罩7b之狹縫7c的配列間距相同的間距配置,狹縫光罩17,以狹縫7c、17a之配列間距的1/2之間距的量,於配向膜10的寬度方向偏倚而配置。 Fig. 10 is a schematic view showing the alignment film 10 being developed in the vicinity of the back roller 5 and the slit masks 7b and 17. In the slit masks 7b and 17, a plurality of slits 7c and 17a are formed, and the arrangement pitch of the slits 7c and 17a corresponds to the 3D liquid crystal display of the FPR method. The device is equivalent to the amount of two scanning lines. Then, the arrangement of the slit masks 7b, 17 is translated in the width direction of the alignment film 10 by the amount of one scanning line so that the strip-shaped exposed portions formed by the slits 7c of the slit mask 7b are not The exposure portion is exposed by the slit 17a of the slit mask 17. That is, the slits 17a of the slit mask 17 are arranged at the same pitch as the arrangement pitch of the slits 7c of the slit mask 7b, and the slit mask 17 is 1/1 of the arrangement pitch of the slits 7c and 17a. The amount of the distance between the two is arranged to be biased in the width direction of the alignment film 10.

其次,就如上述構成之本實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之動作加以說明。配向膜10,於其表面塗布配向材料膜,以從空氣轉向桿3、4吹送空氣而浮遊之狀態限制其移動軌跡,並輸送至背滾筒5。此時,吹送之空氣,藉由從空氣轉向桿3、4排出的過程,昇溫到比常溫高例如0~3℃的溫度,其溫度分佈亦不平均。因此,配向膜10,亦比常溫下之寬度D0(例如,1500mm),以2△D(例如,15~20μm)的量,伸張寬度,而到達冷卻滾筒8之配置位置。然後,藉由該冷卻滾筒8於該配向膜10的背面轉動,冷卻配向膜10,在從冷卻滾筒8至狹縫光罩7b的途中,配向膜10逐漸地降溫而收縮,且其寬度會逐漸地縮小。然後,配向膜10之寬度,在配向膜10到達了狹縫光罩7b之配置位置時,會回復到藉由空氣轉向桿3、4等加熱前的常溫時之寬度,配向膜10,於狹縫光罩7b的配置位置,經由狹縫光罩7b,接受來自曝光光源6的曝光光線的照射。 Next, the operation of the film exposure apparatus of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described. The alignment film 10 is coated with an alignment material film on its surface to restrict its movement trajectory from the state in which the air steering rods 3, 4 blow air, and is transported to the back roller 5. At this time, the blown air is heated to a temperature higher than the normal temperature by, for example, 0 to 3 ° C by the process of discharging from the air turning levers 3 and 4, and the temperature distribution thereof is also uneven. Therefore, the alignment film 10 is also stretched to a width of 2 ΔD (for example, 15 to 20 μm) at a width D 0 (for example, 1500 mm) at a normal temperature, and reaches the arrangement position of the cooling drum 8. Then, the cooling drum 8 is rotated on the back surface of the alignment film 10 to cool the alignment film 10. On the way from the cooling drum 8 to the slit mask 7b, the alignment film 10 gradually cools down and contracts, and the width thereof gradually Zoom out. Then, when the alignment film 10 reaches the arrangement position of the slit mask 7b, the width of the alignment film 10 returns to the width at the normal temperature before the heating by the air turning rods 3, 4, etc., and the alignment film 10 is narrow. The arrangement position of the slit mask 7b receives the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 via the slit mask 7b.

亦即,於表面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜10,接觸背滾筒5的周面之下半部,並藉由配向膜10之輸送時的張力,以在背滾筒5的周面上拉伸皺褶的狀態獲得背滾筒5支撐。然後,藉由沿中空箭頭方向連續地輸送配向膜10,並於由背滾筒5支撐的部分之始端部連續地照射來自曝光光源6的曝光光線,該曝光光線透射狹縫光罩7b的狹縫7c而照射到配向膜10,並形成在配向材料膜於相同的方向配向之帶狀的曝光部10a。該帶狀的曝光部10a,係具 有相當於一條掃描線份量之間隔而彼此隔離,而以兩條掃描線份量的間距形成。 That is, the alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film on the surface is in contact with the lower half of the circumferential surface of the backing roll 5, and is stretched on the circumferential surface of the back roll 5 by the tension at the time of conveyance of the alignment film 10. The wrinkled state is supported by the back roller 5. Then, the alignment film 10 is continuously conveyed in the direction of the hollow arrow, and the exposure light from the exposure light source 6 is continuously irradiated at the beginning end portion of the portion supported by the back roller 5, and the exposure light is transmitted through the slit of the slit mask 7b. The alignment film 10 is irradiated to 7c, and a strip-shaped exposure portion 10a in which the alignment material film is aligned in the same direction is formed. The strip-shaped exposure portion 10a, the device There is an interval equal to one scanning line and separated from each other, and is formed by the spacing of the two scanning lines.

接著,由於配向膜10移動到藉由背滾筒5之支撐部的後端部之狹縫光罩17的配置位置,從曝光光源16經由狹縫光罩17將曝光光線照射到配向膜10。藉此,未經狹縫7c曝光之未曝光部,經由對於狹縫光罩7b以一條掃描線的量於配向膜10的寬度方向上平移之另一狹縫光罩17之狹縫17a,接收來自曝光光源16之曝光光線的照射。藉此,於曝光部10a間形成在相同方向配向之帶狀的曝光部10b,而交互地形成帶狀的曝光部10a、10b。曝光部10a為-45°之直線偏光,而曝光部10b為+45°之直線偏光,或是曝光部10a為CW圓偏光,而曝光部10b為CCW圓偏光之膜。藉此,可製造FPR方式之偏光膜片。 Next, since the alignment film 10 is moved to the arrangement position of the slit mask 17 at the rear end portion of the support portion of the back roller 5, the exposure light is irradiated from the exposure light source 16 to the alignment film 10 via the slit mask 17. Thereby, the unexposed portion exposed without the slit 7c is received through the slit 17a of the other slit mask 17 which is translated in the width direction of the alignment film 10 by the amount of one scanning line for the slit mask 7b. Irradiation of the exposure light from the exposure source 16. Thereby, the strip-shaped exposure portions 10b aligned in the same direction are formed between the exposure portions 10a, and the strip-shaped exposure portions 10a and 10b are alternately formed. The exposure portion 10a is linearly polarized at -45°, the exposed portion 10b is linearly polarized at +45°, or the exposed portion 10a is CW circularly polarized, and the exposed portion 10b is a film of CCW circularly polarized light. Thereby, an FPR type polarizing film can be manufactured.

此時,雖然藉由在曝光時之曝光光線的照射加熱配向膜10,藉由水冷之背滾筒5冷卻,配向膜10不會升溫。因而,配向膜10,在接觸於背滾筒5而受到支撐的期間,總是具有一定的溫度,其寬度D0不會由於熱而變動。從而,對於配向膜10,可以使對應於各條掃描線之曝光部10a、10b於各條掃描線的位置在高精度下一致而形成。 At this time, although the alignment film 10 is heated by the irradiation of the exposure light at the time of exposure, the water-cooled back roller 5 is cooled, and the alignment film 10 does not rise. Therefore, the alignment film 10 always has a constant temperature while being in contact with the back roller 5, and its width D 0 does not fluctuate due to heat. Therefore, in the alignment film 10, the positions of the exposure portions 10a and 10b corresponding to the respective scanning lines at the respective scanning lines can be made uniform with high precision.

這樣,依本實施形態,配向膜10在移至背滾筒前,由於藉由冷卻構件冷卻,在捲繞於背滾筒時,例如,可以成為常溫,而在常溫下使用有效的狹縫光罩,亦可在高精度下形成帶狀的曝光部。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the alignment film 10 is cooled by the cooling member before being moved to the backing roller, and when it is wound around the backing roller, for example, it can be normal temperature, and an effective slit mask can be used at normal temperature. It is also possible to form a strip-shaped exposed portion with high precision.

又,本發明不於上述實施形態,可以有各種的變形。作為冷卻構件,不限於冷卻滾筒8,亦可將低溫之物體於配向膜10以非接觸方式使用。亦即,可以藉由使配向膜10通過低溫的物體之附近,以輻射傳熱冷卻配向膜10。 Further, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible. The cooling member is not limited to the cooling drum 8, and a low-temperature object may be used in a non-contact manner with the alignment film 10. That is, the alignment film 10 can be cooled by radiation heat transfer by passing the alignment film 10 through the vicinity of the object at a low temperature.

又,本發明不限於FPR方式之偏光膜片的製造,例如,亦適用於擴大視野角用之配向膜的形成。 Further, the present invention is not limited to the production of the FPR type polarizing film, and is also applicable to, for example, the formation of an alignment film for widening the viewing angle.

其次,就本發明之第6實施形態加以說明。本實施形態中,配置檢查部於對配向膜進行曝光之配向曝光膜的移動方向之曝光單元的下游側,並檢查照射了在該配向曝光膜之曝光光線曝光部。該檢查部包含:檢查滾筒,捲繞該配向曝光膜同時與該配向曝光膜一同旋轉;光源,設置於該檢查滾筒的周面或是該滾筒的內部,用以射出檢查用之照明光;以及受光部,對向於該滾筒而設置,用以偵測透射該配向曝光膜後之照明光。 Next, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the present embodiment, the inspection unit is placed on the downstream side of the exposure unit in the moving direction of the alignment film exposing the alignment film, and the exposure light exposure portion irradiated on the alignment film is inspected. The inspection unit includes: an inspection roller that winds the alignment film and rotates together with the alignment film; and a light source disposed on a circumferential surface of the inspection roller or inside the roller for emitting illumination light for inspection; The light receiving portion is disposed opposite to the roller for detecting illumination light transmitted through the alignment film.

圖15顯示關於本發明之實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的俯視圖,圖16為其正面斷面圖。由於本實施形態之曝光單元的構成,係與第1實施形態之圖1及圖2所示者相同,其詳細之說明省略。如圖1及圖2所示,在膜片基材的表面上,於適當之塗布裝置塗布配向材料膜,塗布有該配向材料膜之配向膜10,直接輸送到背滾筒5的配置位置,或是,如圖51所示,一時作為滾筒100而捲取後,從該滾筒100釋出,而輸送到背滾筒5。在配向膜10於背滾筒5曝光而形成曝光部後,將形成該曝光部之配向曝光膜11,送到後述之檢查部。 Fig. 15 is a plan view showing an inspection portion of a film exposure apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 16 is a front sectional view thereof. The configuration of the exposure unit of the present embodiment is the same as that shown in Figs. 1 and 2 of the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, an alignment material film is applied onto a surface of a membrane substrate by a suitable coating device, and an alignment film 10 coated with the alignment material film is directly transferred to an arrangement position of the back roller 5, or That is, as shown in FIG. 51, after being taken up as the drum 100, it is released from the drum 100 and conveyed to the back drum 5. After the alignment film 10 is exposed on the backing roll 5 to form an exposure portion, the alignment exposure film 11 of the exposure portion is formed and sent to an inspection portion to be described later.

其次,關於檢查部,參照圖15及圖16加以說明。配向曝光膜11,直接輸送到檢查部之滾筒20,在捲繞於該滾筒20後,捲取於捲取滾子101(參照圖51)等。在檢查部之滾筒20,於該周面,形成延伸於滾筒軸方向之溝20a,在該溝20a內,於滾筒軸方向配置有延伸之棒狀的檢查用照明光源21。進而,在該溝20a內,於該光源21的上方,配置有延伸於滾筒軸方向之第1方向(例如,p偏光)的直線偏光板22。配向曝光膜11,係對於滾筒20捲繞,以至少接觸其上部而移動;在該滾筒20之滾筒軸的正上方,配置有檢測照明光之檢查用攝相機25。該檢查用攝相機25,或為延伸於 滾筒20的軸方向之直線感測器,或為在滾筒20之軸方向的横長之矩形的平面區域偵測光之區域感測器。然後,在該檢查用攝相機與滾筒軸之間,配置有下方的λ/4板23與上方的第2方向(例如,s偏光)之直線偏光板24。滾筒20可繞其軸自由地旋轉,藉由配向曝光膜11捲繞於滾筒20而移動,並藉由配向曝光膜11之間的摩擦力,滾筒20能在其圓周速度與配向曝光膜11的移動速度相同的狀態下旋轉。然後,滾筒20之溝20a回轉而來到滾筒上端時,光源21與攝相機25係正對於鉛直的光軸上。 Next, the inspection unit will be described with reference to Figs. 15 and 16 . The alignment film 11 is directly conveyed to the cylinder 20 of the inspection unit, and after being wound around the drum 20, it is taken up by the winding roller 101 (see FIG. 51) or the like. In the drum 20 of the inspection unit, a groove 20a extending in the drum axis direction is formed on the circumferential surface, and a rod-shaped inspection illumination source 21 extending in the drum axis direction is disposed in the groove 20a. Further, in the groove 20a, a linear polarizing plate 22 extending in the first direction (for example, p-polarized light) in the drum axis direction is disposed above the light source 21. The alignment film 11 is wound around the drum 20 to move at least in contact with the upper portion thereof, and an inspection camera 25 for detecting illumination light is disposed directly above the drum shaft of the drum 20. The inspection is performed with a camera 25, or extended to A linear sensor in the axial direction of the drum 20, or an area sensor that detects light in a rectangular planar area in the axial direction of the drum 20. Then, between the inspection camera and the drum shaft, a linear polarizing plate 24 of the lower λ/4 plate 23 and the upper second direction (for example, s-polarized light) is disposed. The drum 20 is freely rotatable about its axis, is moved by the alignment film 11 to be wound around the drum 20, and by the frictional force between the alignment films 11, the drum 20 can be at its peripheral speed and the alignment film 11 Rotate in the same state of movement speed. Then, when the groove 20a of the drum 20 is rotated to come to the upper end of the drum, the light source 21 and the camera 25 are aligned on the vertical optical axis.

圖17顯示,藉由對應於直線偏光板61與曝光部10a、10b之膜片部分62a、62b與λ/4板63之光的偏光狀態之示意圖。又,以將對於光學軸以45°入射之直線偏光轉換為CW圓偏光之λ/4板作為CW圓偏光板,以將對於光學軸以45°入射之直線偏光轉換為CCW圓偏光之λ/4板作為CCW圓偏光板。又,入射光中,將藉由CW圓偏光板轉換為CW圓偏光之偏光成分作為p偏光,而將垂直於p偏光之偏光成分作為s偏光,並將只讓p偏光透射之直線偏光板作為p偏光板,而將只讓s偏光透射之直線偏光板作為s偏光板。如圖17之上圖所示,從光源60射出之照明光,藉由p偏光板61轉換為p偏光的光線。該p偏光的光線,透射相當於CW圓偏光的第1曝光部10a之膜片部分62a,轉換為CW圓偏光。該CW圓偏光光線若透射CW圓偏光板63,則轉換為s偏光的光線。另一方面,如圖17之下圖所示,從光源60射出之照明光,係藉由p偏光板61轉換為p偏光的光線後,若透射相當於CCW圓偏光的第2曝光部10b之膜片部分62b,則轉換為CCW圓偏光。該CCW圓偏光光線,若透射CW圓偏光板63,轉換為p偏光的光線。 Fig. 17 is a view showing a state of polarization of light by the diaphragm portions 62a, 62b and the λ/4 plate 63 corresponding to the linear polarizing plate 61 and the exposed portions 10a, 10b. Further, a λ/4 plate which converts linearly polarized light incident at 45° to the optical axis into CW circularly polarized light is used as a CW circular polarizing plate to convert linearly polarized light incident at 45° to the optical axis into λ/ of CCW circularly polarized light. The 4 plates are used as CCW circular polarizers. Further, in the incident light, a polarization component converted into CW circularly polarized light by a CW circular polarizing plate is used as p-polarized light, and a polarized component perpendicular to p-polarized light is used as s-polarized light, and a linear polarizing plate that transmits only p-polarized light is used as a linear polarizing plate. p polarizing plate, and a linear polarizing plate that only transmits s polarized light as an s polarizing plate. As shown in the upper diagram of Fig. 17, the illumination light emitted from the light source 60 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 61. The p-polarized light is transmitted through the diaphragm portion 62a of the first exposure portion 10a corresponding to the CW circularly polarized light, and is converted into CW circularly polarized light. When the CW circular polarized light is transmitted through the CW circular polarizing plate 63, it is converted into s polarized light. On the other hand, as shown in the lower diagram of Fig. 17, the illumination light emitted from the light source 60 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarizing plate 61, and then transmitted through the second exposure portion 10b corresponding to the CCW circularly polarized light. The diaphragm portion 62b is converted into CCW circularly polarized light. The CCW circularly polarized light is converted into p-polarized light if transmitted through the CW circular polarizing plate 63.

藉此,透射配向曝光膜11之第1曝光部10a(CW圓偏光部)之光線,作為s偏光光線而射出CW圓偏光板,而透射配向曝光膜11的第2曝光部10b(CCW圓偏光部)之光線,係作為p偏光光 線而射出CW圓偏光板。因此,若在CW圓偏光板與攝相機之間設置s偏光板,則透射配向曝光膜11的CW圓偏光部之光線入射攝相機,並被偵測為明亮部,而透射配向曝光膜11的CCW圓偏光部之光線不會入射攝相機,並被偵測為暗部。另一方面,若在CW圓偏光板與攝相機之間設置p偏光板,則透射配向曝光膜11的CCW圓偏光部之光線會入射攝相機,並被偵測為明亮部,而透射配向曝光膜11的CW圓偏光部之光線不會入射攝相機,並被偵測為暗部。從而,藉由組合直線偏光板與λ/4板,可以偵測配向曝光膜11上之帶狀的曝光部。 Thereby, the light transmitted through the first exposure portion 10a (CW circular polarizing portion) of the alignment exposure film 11 is emitted as a s-polarized ray, and the second exposure portion 10b (CCW circularly polarized light is transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11). Part of the light, as a p-polarized light The line emits a CW circular polarizer. Therefore, if an s polarizing plate is disposed between the CW circular polarizing plate and the camera, the light transmitted through the CW circular polarizing portion of the alignment exposure film 11 is incident on the camera and detected as a bright portion, and transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11. The light from the CCW circular polarizer does not enter the camera and is detected as a dark portion. On the other hand, if a p-polarized plate is provided between the CW circular polarizing plate and the camera, the light transmitted through the CCW circular polarizing portion of the alignment exposure film 11 is incident on the camera and detected as a bright portion, and the transmission alignment is exposed. The light of the CW circular polarizing portion of the film 11 is not incident on the camera and is detected as a dark portion. Therefore, by combining the linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 plate, the strip-shaped exposed portion on the alignment film 11 can be detected.

其次,針對如上述構成之本實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之動作加以說明。配向膜10,於其表面塗布配向材料膜,例如,寬度為1500mm,厚度為100μm,1個滾筒100的膜片長為例如2km,通常,以2~10m/分之速度輸送。又,例如,該基材的材質,為COP(Cyclo-olefin polymer,環烯烴聚合物)或是TAC(Triacetyl Cellulose Film,三醋酸纖維素)膜片。該配向膜10,輸送到背滾筒5的配置位置,捲繞於背滾筒5受到支撐。然後,配向膜10的配向材料膜,從曝光光源6,經由光罩7的開口7a,將CW圓偏光的曝光光線照射到配向膜10之幾近全區域,之後,從曝光光源16,經由狹縫光罩17的狹縫17a,帶狀地照射到CCW圓偏光的曝光光線;對應於該狹縫17a之配向膜10的部分,從CW圓偏光之曝光部,印刷曝光到CCW圓偏光的曝光部。此時,配向膜10的配向材料膜,為可逆性的配向材料膜,藉由CW圓偏光的曝光光線之近乎配向膜10全體表面的照射,以配向配向膜10之近乎全體表面,進而,藉由CCW圓偏光的曝光光線之帶狀的照射,配向於該配向膜10之帶狀的部分。藉此,對應於配向膜10的狹縫17a的部分,形成利用CCW圓偏光之曝光部10b(參照圖2)。另一方面,該曝光部10b間之帶狀的部分,形成利用CW圓偏光之曝光部10a。藉此,可以交互地形成曝光部10a、10b,而製造出偏光部1a、1b對應一條掃描線而形成之FPR方式的偏光膜片。 Next, the operation of the film exposure apparatus of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described. The alignment film 10 is coated with an alignment material film on its surface, for example, having a width of 1500 mm and a thickness of 100 μm, and the film length of one roller 100 is, for example, 2 km, and is usually transported at a speed of 2 to 10 m/min. Further, for example, the material of the substrate is a COP (Cyclo-olefin polymer) or a TAC (Triacetyl Cellulose Film) film. The alignment film 10 is conveyed to the arrangement position of the back drum 5, and is wound around the back drum 5 to be supported. Then, the alignment material film of the alignment film 10 irradiates the CW circularly polarized exposure light from the exposure light source 6 through the opening 7a of the mask 7 to the nearly full area of the alignment film 10, and then from the exposure light source 16 through the narrow The slit 17a of the slit mask 17 is irradiated to the CCW circularly polarized exposure light in a strip shape; the portion corresponding to the alignment film 10 of the slit 17a is exposed from the CW circularly polarized exposure portion to the exposure of the CCW circularly polarized light. unit. At this time, the alignment material film of the alignment film 10 is a reversible alignment material film, and the exposure light of the CW circularly polarized light is irradiated to the entire surface of the alignment film 10 to align the entire surface of the alignment film 10, and further, The strip-shaped irradiation of the exposure light of the CCW circularly polarized light is aligned to the strip-shaped portion of the alignment film 10. Thereby, the exposure portion 10b (see FIG. 2) which is circularly polarized by CCW is formed corresponding to the portion of the slit 17a of the alignment film 10. On the other hand, in the strip-shaped portion between the exposed portions 10b, the exposed portion 10a which is circularly polarized by CW is formed. Thereby, the exposure portions 10a and 10b can be alternately formed, and the FPR type polarizing film formed by the polarizing portions 1a and 1b corresponding to one scanning line can be manufactured.

此時,由於薄的配向膜10,係以支撐於背滾筒5,或拉伸皺褶的狀態,經由狹縫光罩17的狹縫17a而受到曝光,故可以防止配向膜10之皺褶及振動,且可以在高精度下,形成曝光部10a、10b。又,由於經由光罩7的曝光,係對於配向膜10寬度方向之全區域進行,故無需光罩7與狹縫光罩17之間的位置配合,而不存在位置配不良的問題,此點,亦促成可以在高精度下形成曝光部10a、10b。然後,由於本發明中,係對於1個背滾筒5進行2次的曝光,故無需於各次曝光都使用高價的背滾筒,而可以減低FPR偏光膜片的製造成本。 At this time, since the thin alignment film 10 is supported by the back roll 5 or stretched and wrinkled, it is exposed through the slit 17a of the slit mask 17, so that wrinkles of the alignment film 10 can be prevented. Vibration, and the exposure portions 10a, 10b can be formed with high precision. Further, since the exposure through the mask 7 is performed on the entire region in the width direction of the alignment film 10, the positional matching between the mask 7 and the slit mask 17 is not required, and there is no problem of poor positioning. It also contributes to the formation of the exposure portions 10a, 10b with high precision. Then, in the present invention, since one back roll 5 is exposed twice, it is not necessary to use an expensive back roll for each exposure, and the manufacturing cost of the FPR polarizing film can be reduced.

然後,曝光後之配向曝光膜11,係直接輸送到檢查部的滾筒20,在捲繞於該滾筒20後,捲取於捲取滾筒101(參照圖51)等。然後,在該檢查部,配向曝光膜11,在滾筒20旋轉的同時,以與滾筒20之圓周速度相同之移動速度移動。然後,滾筒20之溝20a內的光源21回轉而來到上方時,光源21與攝相機25係為正對,而來自光源21之照明光會入射攝相機25。此時,光源21與攝相機25之光軸一致,且p偏光板22、λ/4板23及s偏光板24係位於該光軸上。然後,來自光源21之照明光,藉由p偏光板22賦予p偏光之偏光軸,該照明光,透射配向曝光膜11而變為CW圓偏光或是CCW圓偏光的光線,並入射λ/4板23,藉由該λ/4板23,透射配向曝光膜11之圓偏光轉換為直線偏光,其後,僅藉由s偏光板24而具有s偏光之偏光軸的光,會入射檢查用攝相機25。此時,在配向曝光膜11上的曝光部10a具有CW圓偏光,而配向曝光膜11上的曝光部10b具有CCW圓偏光之場合,藉由λ/4板23轉換為直線偏光之透射光中,僅有具有s偏光的偏光軸之透射光會入射攝相機25,而具有p偏光的偏光軸之透射光不會入射攝相機25。藉此,在攝相機25,僅有透射曝光部10a或是曝光部10b的任一者之光線明亮地受到偵測,故可以偵測曝光部10a或是曝光部10b的寬度(線寬)。然後,在曝光部10a或曝光部 10b的配向方向不當時,於攝相機25偵測之透射光的對比會變小,而可以偵測配向方向的不當。在使用了小型的光罩時之接續部分的配向之異常存在的場合,可以檢測出曝光部的寬度之異常或是配向方向之不當。 Then, the exposed exposure film 11 after the exposure is directly conveyed to the drum 20 of the inspection unit, and after being wound around the drum 20, it is taken up by the winding drum 101 (see FIG. 51) or the like. Then, in the inspection portion, the exposure film 11 is aligned, and while the drum 20 is rotated, it moves at the same moving speed as the peripheral speed of the drum 20. Then, when the light source 21 in the groove 20a of the drum 20 is rotated to come upward, the light source 21 and the camera 25 are facing each other, and the illumination light from the light source 21 is incident on the camera 25. At this time, the light source 21 coincides with the optical axis of the camera 25, and the p-polarizing plate 22, the λ/4 plate 23, and the s-polarizing plate 24 are located on the optical axis. Then, the illumination light from the light source 21 is given a polarization axis of the p-polarized light by the p-polarizing plate 22, and the illumination light is transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11 to become CW circularly polarized light or CCW circularly polarized light, and is incident on λ/4. The plate 23 is converted into linearly polarized light by the λ/4 plate 23, and the circularly polarized light transmitted through the alignment film 11 is converted into a linearly polarized light. Then, only the light having the s-polarized polarization axis by the s-polarizing plate 24 is incident on the inspection lens. Camera 25. At this time, the exposure portion 10a on the alignment exposure film 11 has CW circularly polarized light, and when the exposure portion 10b on the alignment exposure film 11 has CCW circularly polarized light, it is converted into linearly polarized transmitted light by the λ/4 plate 23. Only the transmitted light of the polarizing axis having the s-polarized light is incident on the camera 25, and the transmitted light of the polarizing axis having the p-polarized light does not enter the camera 25. Thereby, in the camera 25, only the light of either the transmissive exposure portion 10a or the exposure portion 10b is brightly detected, so that the width (line width) of the exposure portion 10a or the exposure portion 10b can be detected. Then, in the exposure portion 10a or the exposure portion If the alignment direction of 10b is not the same, the contrast of the transmitted light detected by the camera 25 will become smaller, and the misalignment direction can be detected. In the case where an abnormality of the aligning portion of the splicing portion is used when a small reticle is used, it is possible to detect an abnormality in the width of the exposed portion or an improper alignment direction.

藉此,本實施形態中,滾筒20每一次旋轉,可以檢查配向曝光膜11的線寬、配向方向、接續部分的狀態等。換句話說,對於配向曝光膜11,可以於滾筒20的每個周長,實施曝光部的檢查。從而,在藉由該曝光部之檢查而發現了異常的場合,可以中止曝光,並避免以後之無用的膜片曝光,而可以提高良率。此時,由於配向曝光膜11係支撐於滾筒20的周面,在中空狀態下且薄的配向曝光膜11不會產生振動,故可以在高精度下,實施配向曝光膜11的檢查。又,雖然配向曝光膜11在滾筒20的溝20a之緣部,係屈曲為水平姿態,但若將該溝20a之緣部事先加工為平滑,則不會以該緣部刮傷配向曝光膜11。 As a result, in the present embodiment, the drum 20 can be rotated, and the line width, the alignment direction, the state of the joint portion, and the like of the alignment film 11 can be inspected. In other words, for the alignment exposure film 11, the inspection of the exposure portion can be performed on each circumference of the drum 20. Therefore, when an abnormality is found by the inspection of the exposure portion, the exposure can be stopped, and the useless diaphragm exposure can be avoided, and the yield can be improved. At this time, since the alignment exposure film 11 is supported by the circumferential surface of the drum 20, the thin alignment exposure film 11 does not vibrate in a hollow state, so that the inspection of the alignment exposure film 11 can be performed with high precision. Further, although the alignment film 11 is bent in a horizontal posture at the edge of the groove 20a of the drum 20, if the edge portion of the groove 20a is previously processed to be smooth, the alignment film 11 is not scratched by the edge portion. .

其次,參照圖18,就本發明之第7實施形態加以說明。本實施形態中,檢查部之滾筒26係以透明玻璃等透明材料形成,光源21及p偏光板22係埋設於該滾筒26內。亦即,在於透明之滾筒26的周面形成溝26a,並在將光源21及p偏光板22設置於該溝26a內後,將溝26a的上部以透明之蓋26b閉塞。該蓋26b的頂面,在與滾筒26之周面以相同曲率彎曲,而設置有蓋26b的狀態下,滾筒26係具有平滑的圓柱之周面。從而,本實施形態中,在該溝26a的部分,配向曝光膜11不會產生屈曲。由於本實施形態中,滾筒26及蓋26b係以透明材料形成,照明光會射出滾筒外部,在透射配向曝光膜11後,最終入射攝相機25。 Next, a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Fig. 18 . In the present embodiment, the roller 26 of the inspection unit is formed of a transparent material such as transparent glass, and the light source 21 and the p-polarized plate 22 are embedded in the drum 26. That is, the groove 26a is formed on the circumferential surface of the transparent drum 26, and after the light source 21 and the p-polarizing plate 22 are placed in the groove 26a, the upper portion of the groove 26a is closed by the transparent lid 26b. The top surface of the lid 26b is curved at the same curvature as the circumferential surface of the drum 26, and the drum 26 has a smooth cylindrical peripheral surface in a state in which the lid 26b is provided. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the portion of the groove 26a is not bent by the alignment film 11. In the present embodiment, the drum 26 and the lid 26b are formed of a transparent material, and the illumination light is emitted outside the drum, and after passing through the alignment exposure film 11, the camera 25 is finally incident.

進而,溝的數量係如同上述各實施形態,不限於1個,亦可複數地設置。藉此,可縮短於配向曝光膜11之檢查場所的間距,而可以頻繁地檢查。又,本發明中,λ/4板23可以作為CW圓 偏光板,亦可作為CCW圓偏光板。又,該λ/4板23,不限定於設置在滾筒上方的場合,也可設置於滾筒20、26之溝20a、26a的內部。進而,p偏光板22與s偏光板24,亦可以上下反過來配置。 Further, the number of grooves is the same as each of the above embodiments, and is not limited to one, and may be plural. Thereby, the pitch of the inspection place of the alignment exposure film 11 can be shortened, and it can be inspected frequently. Further, in the present invention, the λ/4 plate 23 can be used as a CW circle. The polarizing plate can also be used as a CCW circular polarizing plate. Further, the λ/4 plate 23 is not limited to the case where it is provided above the drum, and may be provided inside the grooves 20a and 26a of the drums 20 and 26. Further, the p-polarizing plate 22 and the s-polarizing plate 24 may be arranged in reverse.

本發明,亦可以適用於圖3及圖4所示之第2實施形態的曝光裝置、圖5及圖6所示之第3實施形態的曝光裝置、圖7及圖8所示之第4實施形態的曝光裝置。又,雖然圖1及圖2之第1實施形態與圖3及圖4之第2實施形態,係關於FPR偏光膜片之形成者,但是圖5及圖6之第3實施形態與圖7及圖8之第4實施形態,則係關於光配向膜之形成者。 The present invention is also applicable to the exposure apparatus of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the exposure apparatus of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, and the fourth embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 and 8. Form of exposure device. In addition, although the first embodiment of FIGS. 1 and 2 and the second embodiment of FIGS. 3 and 4 relate to the formation of the FPR polarizing film, the third embodiment of FIGS. 5 and 6 and FIG. The fourth embodiment of Fig. 8 relates to the formation of the optical alignment film.

其次,參照圖19及圖20,就本發明之第8實施形態加以說明。第8實施形態之曝光單元,相對於圖15及圖16所示之第6實施形態的曝光單元,其差異點在於:在λ/4板23與滾筒20之間的滾筒20附近,設置有在配向曝光膜11的寬度方向上延伸之標尺構件30。該標尺構件30,設置有以其長邊方向(配向曝光膜11的寬度方向)作為刻度之標尺,攝相機25一併偵測配向曝光膜11上之第1曝光部10a或是第2曝光部10b,並偵測該標尺構件30的標尺(刻度)。 Next, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 19 and 20 . The exposure unit of the eighth embodiment differs from the exposure unit of the sixth embodiment shown in Figs. 15 and 16 in that a vicinity of the drum 20 between the λ/4 plate 23 and the drum 20 is provided. The scale member 30 extending in the width direction of the exposure film 11 is aligned. The scale member 30 is provided with a scale having a longitudinal direction (width direction of the alignment exposure film 11) as a scale, and the camera 25 collectively detects the first exposure portion 10a or the second exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 11. 10b, and detecting the scale (scale) of the scale member 30.

由於本實施形態中,係藉由第1偏光板22、第2偏光板24及λ/4板23,將入射攝相機25之第1曝光部10a的成像與第2曝光部10b的成像重疊,標尺構件30之標尺的成像也入射攝相機25,故與第6實施形態不同,可以藉由標尺直接測量第1曝光部10a及第2曝光部10b的線寬。 In the present embodiment, the imaging of the first exposure unit 10a of the incident camera 25 and the imaging of the second exposure unit 10b are superimposed by the first polarizing plate 22, the second polarizing plate 24, and the λ/4 plate 23, The imaging of the scale of the scale member 30 is also incident on the camera 25. Therefore, unlike the sixth embodiment, the line width of the first exposure unit 10a and the second exposure unit 10b can be directly measured by the scale.

本發明中,除上述實施形態之檢查部外,配置第2檢查部於藉由該檢查部檢查前或是檢查後的該配向曝光膜之輸送區域。該第2檢查部,包含:第2光源,用以射出檢查光線;第3偏光板, 對於來自該第2光源之檢查光線賦予第1方向之直線偏光;第2之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第1方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2方向之直線偏光;第4偏光板,透射該第2方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;第2受光部,用以偵測透射該第4偏光板之檢查光線;第3光源,用以射出檢查光線;第5偏光板,對於來自該第3光源之檢查光線賦予第1或是第2方向的直線偏光;第3之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第2方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2或是第1方向之直線偏光;第6偏光板,透射該第2或是第1方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;以及第3受光部,偵測透射該第6偏光板之檢查光線。 In the present invention, in addition to the inspection unit of the above-described embodiment, the second inspection unit is disposed in the conveyance region of the alignment exposure film before or after inspection by the inspection unit. The second inspection unit includes: a second light source for emitting inspection light; and a third polarizing plate, The linear ray in the first direction is applied to the inspection light from the second light source, and the second λ/4 plate is transmitted through the third polarizing plate and further transmitted through the alignment film to impart circular polarization in the first direction. The light beam is converted into linear polarized light in the second direction; the fourth polarizing plate transmits the inspection light of the linear polarized light in the second direction; the second light receiving portion detects the inspection light transmitted through the fourth polarizing plate; and the third light source a fifth polarizing plate for linearly polarizing the first or second direction with respect to the inspection light from the third light source; and a third λ/4 plate for transmitting the third polarizing plate and further The inspection light that transmits the circularly polarized light in the second direction is transmitted through the alignment film to be converted into a linearly polarized light in the second or first direction, and the sixth polarizing plate transmits the linearly polarized light in the second or first direction. And the third light receiving portion detects the inspection light transmitted through the sixth polarizing plate.

其次,參照圖21至圖23,就本發明之第9實施形態加以說明。本實施形態,係於圖19及圖20所示之第8實施形態,再加上檢查配向曝光膜11的表面上之異物或是刮傷者。本實施形態中,捲繞於滾筒20之配向曝光膜11,進而,捲繞於滾筒40而捲取於捲取滾筒(未經圖示)。配向曝光膜11,係例如水平地移動於滾筒20與滾筒40之間;在該滾筒20、40間之配向曝光膜11的移動區域,配置光源31a、第3偏光板32a、第2之λ/4板33a、第4偏光板34a、以及攝相機35a,以使得於第3偏光板32a與第2之λ/4板33a之間挾著配向曝光膜11,進而,配置光源31b、第5偏光板32b、第3之λ/4板33b、第6偏光板34b、以及攝相機35b,以使得於第5偏光板32b與第3之λ/4板33b之間挾著配向曝光膜11。 Next, a ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 21 to 23 . This embodiment is the eighth embodiment shown in Figs. 19 and 20, and the foreign matter or the scratched person on the surface of the alignment film 11 is inspected. In the present embodiment, the alignment film 11 wound around the drum 20 is wound around the drum 40 and wound up on a take-up drum (not shown). The alignment film 11 is horizontally moved between the drum 20 and the drum 40, for example, and the light source 31a, the third polarizer 32a, and the second λ/ are disposed in the moving region of the alignment film 11 between the rollers 20 and 40. The fourth plate 33a, the fourth polarizing plate 34a, and the camera 35a are disposed such that the alignment film 11 is placed between the third polarizing plate 32a and the second λ/4 plate 33a, and the light source 31b and the fifth polarized light are disposed. The plate 32b, the third λ/4 plate 33b, the sixth polarizing plate 34b, and the camera 35b are disposed such that the alignment film 11 is interposed between the fifth polarizing plate 32b and the third λ/4 plate 33b.

本實施形態中,與第8實施形態相同,在藉由標尺構件30直接測量第1曝光部10a、第2曝光部10b的線寬後,配向曝光膜11會到達攝相機35a與攝相機35b之配置位置。這麼一來,如圖23所示,從光源31a之檢查光線,藉由作為p偏光板之第3偏光板32a成為p偏光光線,透射配向曝光膜11的CW圓偏光(第1 圓偏光)之第1曝光部10a,而轉換為CW圓偏光光線後,藉由作為CW圓偏光板的第2之λ/4板33a,轉換為s偏光(參照圖17的上圖),不透射作為p偏光板的第4偏光板34a,亦不入射到攝相機35a。從而,第1曝光部10a之部分係於攝相機35a被偵測為暗部。另一方面,由於透射CCW圓偏光的第2曝光部10b之光線,係藉由作為CW圓偏光板之第2之λ/4板33a轉換為p偏光(參照圖17的下圖),透射作為p偏光板之第4偏光板34a,而入射攝相機35a,攝相機35a將該部分偵測為明亮部。此時,在第1曝光部10a上,存在有瑕疵51(或是剝落)時,由於該部分未轉換為CW圓偏光光線,於暗部的帶之中被偵測為明亮部。又,在第2曝光部10b上,存在異物52時,由於該異物52之部分不會使光透射,於攝相機35a被偵測為明亮部之第2曝光部10b的帶之部分中,被偵測為暗部。 In the present embodiment, as in the eighth embodiment, after the line widths of the first exposure unit 10a and the second exposure unit 10b are directly measured by the scale member 30, the alignment film 11 reaches the camera 35a and the camera 35b. Configure the location. As a result, as shown in FIG. 23, the light beam from the light source 31a is converted into a p-polarized light by the third polarizing plate 32a as the p-polarizing plate, and the CW circularly polarized light is transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11 (first The first exposure portion 10a of the circularly polarized light is converted into a CW circularly polarized light, and is converted into s-polarized light by the second λ/4 plate 33a which is a CW circular polarizing plate (refer to the upper diagram of FIG. 17). The fourth polarizing plate 34a that is transmitted as the p-polarizing plate is also not incident on the camera 35a. Therefore, the portion of the first exposure portion 10a is detected as a dark portion by the camera 35a. On the other hand, the light of the second exposure portion 10b that transmits the CCW circularly polarized light is converted into p-polarized light by the second λ/4 plate 33a which is the CW circular polarizing plate (refer to the lower diagram of FIG. 17), and transmitted as The fourth polarizing plate 34a of the p-polarizing plate is incident on the camera 35a, and the camera 35a detects the portion as a bright portion. At this time, when the crucible 51 is present (or peeled off) in the first exposure portion 10a, the portion is not converted into the CW circularly polarized light, and is detected as a bright portion in the dark portion. Further, when the foreign matter 52 is present in the second exposure portion 10b, the portion of the foreign matter 52 does not transmit light, and the camera 35a is detected as a portion of the band of the second exposure portion 10b of the bright portion. Detected as a dark part.

在配置光源31b及攝相機35b的檢查部,與上述相反,由於透射CCW圓偏光(第2圓偏光)之第2曝光部10b的部分之檢查光線,係藉由作為CCW圓偏光板的第3之λ/4板33b,轉換為s偏光,不透射作為p偏光板的第6偏光板34b,亦不入射攝相機35b,故該部分係於攝相機35b作為暗部受到偵測。由於透射CW圓偏光(第1圓偏光)之第1曝光部10a的部分之檢查光線,係在轉換為CW圓偏後,藉由作為CCW圓偏光板的第3之λ/4板33b,轉換為p偏光,而透射作為p偏光板的第6偏光板34b,並入射攝相機35b,故攝相機35b將該部分偵測為明亮部。從而,在攝相機35b,第2曝光部10b上的瑕疵51(或是剝落)係於暗部的帶之中被偵測為明亮部,而第1曝光部10a上的異物52係於明亮部的帶之中被偵測為暗部。藉此,配向曝光膜11上的異物52或是瑕疵51等缺陷,於攝相機35a、35b的任一者受到偵測。亦即,藉由攝相機35a偵測第1曝光部10a上的瑕疵51,藉由攝相機35b偵測異物52。第2曝光部10b上的瑕疵51係藉由攝相機35b加以偵測,而異物52係藉由攝相機35a加以偵測。 In the inspection unit in which the light source 31b and the camera 35b are disposed, the inspection light of the portion of the second exposure portion 10b that transmits CCW circularly polarized light (second circularly polarized light) is the third of the CCW circular polarizing plates. The λ/4 plate 33b is converted into s-polarized light, does not transmit the sixth polarizing plate 34b as the p-polarizing plate, and does not enter the camera 35b. Therefore, this portion is detected as a dark portion in the camera 35b. The inspection light of the portion of the first exposure portion 10a that transmits the CW circularly polarized light (first circularly polarized light) is converted into a CW circular deviation, and is converted by the third λ/4 plate 33b as a CCW circular polarizing plate. In the case of p-polarized light, the sixth polarizing plate 34b as the p-polarizing plate is transmitted and incident on the camera 35b, so that the camera 35b detects the portion as a bright portion. Therefore, in the camera 35b, the cymbal 51 (or flaking) on the second exposure portion 10b is detected as a bright portion among the bands in the dark portion, and the foreign matter 52 on the first exposure portion 10a is attached to the bright portion. The band is detected as a dark part. Thereby, the foreign matter 52 on the exposure film 11 or a defect such as the crucible 51 is detected by any of the cameras 35a and 35b. That is, the camera 51 detects the flaw 51 on the first exposure portion 10a, and the camera 35b detects the foreign matter 52. The cassette 51 on the second exposure unit 10b is detected by the camera 35b, and the foreign object 52 is detected by the camera 35a.

依本發明,在曝光膜10移動期間,於該配向膜10進行曝光的同時,在該曝光之配向曝光膜11的移動期間,配向曝光膜11捲繞於滾筒,從配置於滾筒內部的光源,射出檢查用之照明光,配向曝光膜11係在捲繞於滾筒的狀態下接受照明光的照射。然後,透射配向曝光膜11之照明光,在配置於滾筒外部之受光部受光,並檢查配向曝光膜11。藉此,在光源隨著滾筒之旋轉,回轉而來到受光部時,於受光部檢測透射配向曝光膜11之照明光,檢查曝光品質,配向曝光膜11,在移動期間,以與滾筒的周長相同之間隔,檢查曝光品質。其結果,在曝光品質上若出現問題,由於可以偵測問題後,直接中止膜片曝光,而在進行了光罩位置的調整等後,再度開始膜片曝光,故可以避免無用之曝光,在形成偏光膜片上,可以使其良率提高。此外,由於本發明中,係對於捲繞於滾筒之配向曝光膜11進行檢查,故不會因為中空狀態之配向曝光膜11的振動,而使檢查精度下降,故可以在高精度下進行檢查。 According to the present invention, during the movement of the exposure film 10, the alignment film 10 is exposed, and during the movement of the exposed alignment film 11, the alignment film 11 is wound around the roller, and the light source disposed inside the roller is The illumination light for the inspection is emitted, and the alignment exposure film 11 receives the illumination light while being wound around the roller. Then, the illumination light transmitted through the alignment exposure film 11 is received by the light receiving portion disposed outside the drum, and the alignment exposure film 11 is inspected. Thereby, when the light source rotates to the light receiving portion as the drum rotates, the illumination light of the transmission alignment film 11 is detected by the light receiving portion, the exposure quality is checked, and the exposure film 11 is aligned, and the circumference of the roller is moved during the movement. Check the exposure quality at the same interval. As a result, if there is a problem in the exposure quality, since the film can be directly stopped after the problem can be detected, and after the mask position is adjusted, the film exposure is started again, so that useless exposure can be avoided. When the polarizing film is formed, the yield can be improved. Further, in the present invention, since the alignment exposure film 11 wound around the drum is inspected, the inspection accuracy is lowered because the vibration of the exposure film 11 in the hollow state is not lowered, so that the inspection can be performed with high precision.

其次,就本發明之第10實施形態加以說明。本實施形態之曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對之對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部,形成作為該配向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直於該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔而配列的複數之狹縫,並於上述該第2方向之兩端部各自形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,一併偵測該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,控制該遮光構件與該光罩在該第1方向的相對位置;其中,該狹縫的寬度於該第1方向線性地變化,於該第2方向上觀看時,該狹縫間之間隔係與該狹縫之寬度相同,該控制部控制該光罩與該遮光構件之間於第1方向之相對位置,以使該偵測部 所偵測到的該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號之位置關係成為既定關係。 Next, a tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The exposure apparatus according to the embodiment includes a transport device for moving the alignment film of the exposure target in the first direction, and a pair of alignment markers for forming the alignment film as the alignment film on both side surfaces of the alignment film. a diaphragm alignment mark of the quantity index; a light source for emitting the exposure light; and a mask forming a plurality of slits arranged at intervals in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and Each of the two ends of the second direction is formed with a mask alignment mark; and the light shielding member extends in the second direction to form an opening that intersects all of the slits, and a portion of the opening that intersects the slit Transmitting the exposure light; detecting a portion of the mask alignment mark and the diaphragm alignment mark; and controlling a portion for controlling the relative position of the light shielding member and the mask in the first direction; The slit has a width that varies linearly in the first direction. When viewed in the second direction, the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit. The control unit controls the mask and the shading member. The relative position between the first direction, The detection unit The positional relationship between the detected reticle alignment mark and the diaphragm alignment mark is a predetermined relationship.

圖24(a)為顯示關於本發明之實施形態的曝光裝置之全體的構成之側面圖,圖24(b)為顯示光罩之俯視圖,圖24(c)為顯示其作為遮光構件之開口板的俯視圖。如圖24(a)所示,在關於本實施形態之曝光裝置中,從例如滾筒狀的供給捲筒241連續地供給曝光對象的配向膜201,直到捲取至捲取側的捲筒244為止的期間,例如,實施配向材料膜之塗布、曝光、乾燥處理等。又,圖24(a)中,僅圖示對於配向膜201之曝光步驟。例如供給捲筒241及捲取捲筒244,係藉由以馬達等驅動裝置旋轉驅動,於曝光裝置內連續地供給到配向膜201,藉由設置於配向膜201的表面側或是背面側之輸送滾子242、243等,配向膜201以繃緊的狀態受到支撐。然後,在曝光裝置內,配向膜201,係藉由供給捲筒241及捲取捲筒244的旋轉驅動力,於1方向上移動。本實施形態中,在2個輸送滾子242、243間之配向膜201的上方,設置有2組之光源、光罩以及開口板。然後,從光源205A、205B,分別使偏光方向不同的曝光光線射出,藉由將透射開口板203A、203B及光罩202A、202B之曝光光線照射到形成於配向膜201的表面之配向材料膜,於各曝光光線帶狀地形成配向方向相異之曝光部。亦即,例如,藉由從光源205A射出之曝光光線,形成曝光部a,該曝光部a使偏光方向為-45°之直線偏光或是偏光方向為CW(Clock Wise)之圓偏光的顯示光透射;而藉由從光源205B射出之曝光光線,形成曝光部b,該曝光部b使偏光方向為+45°之直線偏光或是偏光方向為CCW(Counter Clock Wise)之圓偏光的顯示光透射。 Fig. 24 (a) is a side view showing the configuration of the entire exposure apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention, wherein Fig. 24 (b) is a plan view showing the reticle, and Fig. 24 (c) is an opening plate showing the same as a light shielding member. Top view. As shown in Fig. 24 (a), in the exposure apparatus of the present embodiment, the alignment film 201 to be exposed is continuously supplied from, for example, the roll-shaped supply reel 241 until it is wound up to the reel 244 on the winding side. In the meantime, for example, application of an alignment material film, exposure, drying treatment, or the like is performed. Further, in Fig. 24(a), only the exposure step for the alignment film 201 is illustrated. For example, the supply reel 241 and the take-up reel 244 are rotationally driven by a driving device such as a motor, and are continuously supplied to the alignment film 201 in the exposure device, and are provided on the front surface side or the back surface side of the alignment film 201. The conveying rollers 242, 243 and the like are supported, and the alignment film 201 is supported in a taut state. Then, in the exposure apparatus, the alignment film 201 is moved in one direction by the rotational driving force of the supply reel 241 and the take-up reel 244. In the present embodiment, two sets of light sources, a photomask, and an opening plate are provided above the alignment film 201 between the two transport rollers 242 and 243. Then, the exposure light beams having different polarization directions are emitted from the light sources 205A and 205B, and the exposure light beams of the transmission aperture plates 203A and 203B and the photomasks 202A and 202B are irradiated onto the alignment material film formed on the surface of the alignment film 201. An exposure portion having a different alignment direction is formed in a strip shape in each exposure light. That is, for example, the exposure portion a is formed by the exposure light emitted from the light source 205A, and the exposure portion a is linearly polarized in a polarization direction of -45° or circularly polarized in a polarization direction of CW (Clock Wise). Transmissive; and by the exposure light emitted from the light source 205B, the exposure portion b is formed, and the exposure portion b transmits a linearly polarized light having a polarization direction of +45° or a circularly polarized light having a polarization direction of CCW (Counter Clock Wise). .

在配向膜201的移動方向之上游側,於配向膜201受到曝光時的加熱或是輸送時的冷卻等求產生熱變形的位置,設置有對準標示器206,該對準標示器206於配向膜201的兩側面部形成線狀之膜片對準記號201a。又,該膜片對準記號201a,可形成於配向 膜201的膜片基材,或亦可形成於配向膜201的配向材料膜。 On the upstream side of the moving direction of the alignment film 201, at the position where the alignment film 201 is subjected to heating at the time of exposure or cooling at the time of transportation, etc., an alignment indicator 206 is provided, and the alignment indicator 206 is aligned. The both side faces of the film 201 form a linear patch alignment mark 201a. Moreover, the diaphragm alignment mark 201a can be formed in the alignment The film substrate of the film 201 or the alignment material film of the alignment film 201 may be formed.

如圖24(b)所示,光罩202係在以遮光性材料所構成之底部202a,於與配向膜201的移動方向(第1方向)垂直的方向(第2方向)上配列複數條狹縫202b而成者;設置各狹縫202b,以使其寬度於長邊方向上線性地變化,狹縫間的間隔在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向上係與狹縫的寬度相同。亦即,圖24(b)所示之光罩中,各狹縫202b的寬度,係被設置為:最上部最為狹窄,而愈沿著狹縫的長邊方向往下方去,則變得寬廣。然後,各狹縫202b,係傾斜於配向膜201的移動方向而延伸。該狹縫202b之傾斜,在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向上,比起光罩202的中央之傾斜,側面部側之傾斜更大,例如在將在配向膜201的移動方向之各狹縫202b的長度定為300mm時,光罩202的最為側面部側之狹縫的緣部,係被設置以使配向膜201的移動方向上之端部間,在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向以約500μm偏倚。 As shown in FIG. 24(b), the mask 202 is provided with a bottom portion 202a made of a light-shielding material, and a plurality of slits are arranged in a direction (second direction) perpendicular to the moving direction (first direction) of the alignment film 201. Each of the slits 202b is provided so as to have a width linearly varying in the longitudinal direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. That is, in the reticle shown in Fig. 24 (b), the width of each slit 202b is set such that the uppermost portion is the narrowest, and the more the lower side of the slit goes downward, the width becomes wider. . Then, each of the slits 202b extends obliquely to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The inclination of the slit 202b is larger in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201 than the center of the mask 202, and the inclination of the side surface side is larger, for example, in the moving direction of the alignment film 201. When the length of the slit 202b is set to 300 mm, the edge of the slit on the most side surface side of the mask 202 is provided so that the end portion of the alignment film 201 in the moving direction is in the moving direction with the alignment film 201. The direction of the vertical is biased at about 500 μm.

在光罩202的側面部,一觀察窗202d,係用以偵測膜片對準記號201a,該對準記號201a係藉由例如對準標示器206而形成於配向膜201的側面部;該觀察窗202d係以與例如於配向膜201的移動方向之狹縫的長度相同程度之長度加以設置;於觀察窗202d設置有光罩對準記號202e,對於配向膜201之移動方向呈傾斜。該光罩對準記號202e,係位於例如在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向之兩端部的狹縫202b之側緣與平行的線狀之標記。如圖24(a)所示,在光罩202上方,設置有攝相機207(圖24中之符號207A、207B),藉由攝相機207(207A、207B),可以偵測光罩對準記號202e,並一併經由觀察窗202d偵測膜片對準記號201a。 In the side portion of the reticle 202, a viewing window 202d is used to detect the diaphragm alignment mark 201a, which is formed on the side surface of the alignment film 201 by, for example, the alignment indicator 206; The observation window 202d is provided to have the same length as the length of the slit in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, for example, and the mask alignment mark 202e is provided in the observation window 202d, and is inclined with respect to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The reticle alignment mark 202e is located, for example, at a side edge of the slit 202b at both end portions in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and a parallel linear mark. As shown in FIG. 24(a), above the reticle 202, a camera 207 (symbols 207A, 207B in FIG. 24) is provided, and the reticle alignment mark can be detected by the camera 207 (207A, 207B). 202e, and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is detected through the observation window 202d.

開口板203為例如SUS製之遮光性的板材,如圖24(c)所示,在其底部203a之中央,設置有寬度為例如20至30mm的開口203b,以使其於一方向上延伸。然後,該開口203b配置於光源205 與光罩202之間,以其長邊方向與配向膜201的移動方向垂直。從而,從光源205射出之曝光光線,其一部分由於開口板203受到遮光,僅透射開口板203的開口之曝光光線,照射到光罩202。從而,藉由以控制部控制於配向膜201之移動方向上的光罩202與遮光構件203之相對位置,對於光罩202之曝光光線的照射位置會在配向膜201的移動方向上移動,透射光罩202的狹縫202b而照射於配向膜201上之曝光光線的照射位置在配向膜201的移動方向上移動的同時,曝光光線照射區域的寬度會產生變化。 The opening plate 203 is a light-shielding plate made of, for example, SUS. As shown in Fig. 24(c), an opening 203b having a width of, for example, 20 to 30 mm is provided in the center of the bottom portion 203a so as to extend in one direction. Then, the opening 203b is disposed in the light source 205. Between the mask 202 and the mask 202, the longitudinal direction thereof is perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Therefore, a part of the exposure light emitted from the light source 205 is blocked by the opening plate 203, and only the exposure light of the opening of the opening plate 203 is transmitted to the mask 202. Therefore, by controlling the relative position of the reticle 202 and the light shielding member 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 by the control portion, the irradiation position of the exposure light to the reticle 202 is moved in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the transmission is transmitted. The irradiation position of the exposure light irradiated onto the alignment film 201 by the slit 202b of the mask 202 moves in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the width of the exposure light irradiation region changes.

如圖25所示,該光罩202係藉由例如致動器等(未經圖示),而可以對於開口板203相對地於配向膜201的移動方向上移動,加以構成;開口板203與光罩202在配向膜201的移動方向之相對位置,係藉由不圖示之控制部加以控制。然後,藉由控制部,例如下述般控制在配向膜201的移動方向之光罩202與遮光構件203之相對位置,以使光罩對準記號202e與膜片對準記號201a之位置關係成為既定關係。 As shown in FIG. 25, the mask 202 can be configured to move relative to the opening direction of the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 by, for example, an actuator (not shown); the opening plate 203 and The relative position of the mask 202 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 is controlled by a control unit (not shown). Then, the control unit controls the relative position of the mask 202 and the light shielding member 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, for example, so that the positional relationship between the mask alignment mark 202e and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a becomes Established relationship.

如上所述,本實施形態中,設置於光罩202之複數條狹縫202b,係於配向膜201的移動方向傾斜而延伸,又,設置各狹縫202b的寬度,以使其沿著配向膜201的移動方向線性地變化,狹縫間之間隔在從與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向來觀察時係與狹縫的寬度相同。從而,如圖25(a)及圖25(b)所示,若對於開口板203,光罩202相對地於配向膜201之移動方向上移動,則伴隨之,透射開口板203的開口203b而照射於光罩202之曝光光線的照射位置,會在配向膜201的移動方向上移動,且透射狹縫202b而照射到配向膜201上之曝光光線的照射區域之寬度會變化。藉此,即便在由於例如曝光時之高溫等,而使配向膜201產生膨脹的場合,亦可以對應於變形後之配向膜201的寬度,而調節形成於配向膜201上之帶狀的曝光部之寬度。本實施形態中,控制部使光罩202於配向膜201之移動方向上移動,以使得:例如,藉 由攝相機偵測之光罩對準記號202e與膜片對準記號201a,於與配向膜201之移動方向垂直之方向上,以一定的距離(例如10mm)隔離。藉此,即使於配向膜201於其寬度方向產生膨脹的場合,亦可以基於配向膜201於寬度方向之伸長量,而調節配向膜201上之曝光部的寬度。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the plurality of slits 202b provided in the mask 202 are inclined to extend in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the width of each slit 202b is set so as to be along the alignment film. The moving direction of 201 is linearly changed, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 25(a) and 25(b), when the mask 202 is relatively moved in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 with respect to the opening plate 203, the opening 203b of the opening plate 203 is transmitted. The irradiation position of the exposure light irradiated to the mask 202 moves in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the width of the irradiation region of the exposure light that is transmitted through the slit 202b and irradiated onto the alignment film 201 changes. Thereby, even when the alignment film 201 is expanded due to, for example, a high temperature during exposure or the like, the strip-shaped exposure portion formed on the alignment film 201 can be adjusted in accordance with the width of the alignment film 201 after the deformation. The width. In the present embodiment, the control unit moves the mask 202 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 so that, for example, The mask alignment mark 202e detected by the camera and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a are separated by a certain distance (for example, 10 mm) in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Thereby, even when the alignment film 201 is expanded in the width direction, the width of the exposure portion on the alignment film 201 can be adjusted based on the amount of elongation of the alignment film 201 in the width direction.

針對藉由該控制部之曝光部的寬度之控制方法,參照圖26而詳細地說明。圖26係作為一例顯示藉由膜片對準記號及光罩對準記號之光罩位置的調節之圖式,圖26(a)係顯示配向膜未於寬度方向變形之狀態的圖式,圖26(b)係顯示配向膜於寬度方向產生了膨脹的狀態之圖式。該圖26中,符號271,表示利用攝相機207之偵測區域,且例如在該偵測區域271的配向膜201之移動方向的寬度,係與開口板203之開口203b相同的寬度,攝相機207,係將膜片對準記號201a及光罩對準記號202e,以並列於開口203b與配向膜201之移動方向的位置加以偵測。如圖26(a)所示,在配向膜201未在其寬度方向產生變形的場合,在偵測區域271之膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e的距離為例如10mm。在此,由於配向膜201例如於曝光時之加熱,而使其寬度方向產生膨脹的場合,如圖26(b)所示,膜片對準記號201a的位置,於觀察窗202d內,向外側(圖26中左側)移動,對於光罩對準記號202e的距離會變大。從而,將開口板203的位置作為圖26(a)所示的狀態繼續曝光的場合,配向膜201,係藉由其後的例如輸送而冷卻收縮,並藉由回復到未膨脹之原來的寬度,曝光部的寬度會變狹窄。從而,形成於曝光後的配向曝光膜201c之曝光部a及曝光部b的寬度,對於例如顯示裝置的圖像或是像素之寬度變小,故於曝光部a及曝光部b之顯示裝置的圖像或是像素之間產生寬度的偏離,而成為顯示不良的原因。 The method of controlling the width of the exposure unit by the control unit will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 26 . Fig. 26 is a view showing an adjustment of the position of the mask by the diaphragm alignment mark and the mask alignment mark as an example, and Fig. 26(a) is a view showing a state in which the alignment film is not deformed in the width direction. 26(b) shows a state in which the alignment film is expanded in the width direction. In FIG. 26, reference numeral 271 denotes a detection area using the camera 207, and for example, the width of the alignment film 201 in the detection direction of the detection area 271 is the same width as the opening 203b of the aperture plate 203, and the camera 207, the diaphragm is aligned with the mark 201a and the mask alignment mark 202e, and is detected in parallel with the position of the opening 203b and the moving direction of the alignment film 201. As shown in Fig. 26 (a), when the alignment film 201 is not deformed in the width direction, the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a of the detection region 271 and the mask alignment mark 202e is, for example, 10 mm. Here, when the alignment film 201 is heated in the direction of exposure, for example, in the width direction, as shown in FIG. 26(b), the position of the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is outward in the observation window 202d. (left side in Fig. 26) moves, and the distance to the reticle alignment mark 202e becomes large. Therefore, when the position of the opening plate 203 is continuously exposed as shown in Fig. 26 (a), the alignment film 201 is cooled and shrunk by, for example, transportation, and is returned to the original width which is not expanded. The width of the exposure portion will become narrower. Therefore, the width of the exposure portion a and the exposure portion b formed in the exposed exposure film 201c after exposure is small, for example, the width of the image or the pixel of the display device is reduced, so that the display device of the exposure portion a and the exposure portion b is Deviation in width between images or pixels becomes a cause of poor display.

本實施形態中,控制部例如控制在配向膜201的移動方向之光罩202的位置,以使該膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e 之間維持一定的距離。亦即,如圖26(b)所示,控制部在利用攝相機207之偵測區域271內,使光罩202對於開口板203於配向膜201的移動方向上相對的移動,以使膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之距離變為10mm,並使開口板203之開口203b對應於光罩202之狹縫202b的寬度廣之區域。從而,本實施形態中,基於配向膜201之寬度方向的伸長量,可以大幅調節配向曝光膜201c上的曝光部之寬度。藉此,本實施形態中,即使在配向曝光膜201c,由於其後之例如輸送而冷卻收縮,並回復到未膨脹之原寬度的場合,亦可以使形成於配向曝光膜201c之曝光部a及曝光部b的寬度,精度良好地對應於例如顯示裝置之圖像或是像素之寬度,而可以防止顯示不良。 In the present embodiment, the control unit controls, for example, the position of the mask 202 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 so that the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the mask alignment mark 202e. Maintain a certain distance between them. That is, as shown in FIG. 26(b), the control unit moves the mask 202 relative to the opening direction of the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 by using the detection area 271 of the camera 207 to make the diaphragm. The distance between the alignment mark 201a and the mask alignment mark 202e becomes 10 mm, and the opening 203b of the opening plate 203 corresponds to a wide area of the slit 202b of the mask 202. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the width of the exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 201c can be greatly adjusted based on the amount of elongation of the alignment film 201 in the width direction. Therefore, in the present embodiment, even when the alignment film 201c is cooled and contracted by, for example, transport, and returns to the original width of the unexpanded, the exposure portion a formed on the alignment film 201c and the exposure portion a can be formed. The width of the exposure portion b can accurately correspond to, for example, the image of the display device or the width of the pixel, and display defects can be prevented.

又,雖然光罩之狹縫202b與膜片對準記號201a,實際上係隔離例如約30mm,然而,如本實施形態,藉由構成光罩對準記號202e,以使其平行於位在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向的兩端部之狹縫202b的側緣,可以於設置在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向的端部之狹縫202b的側緣,選取出光罩對準記號202e,可以在例如約10mm狹窄的範圍內進行對準,而能調節曝光部的寬度。 Further, although the slit 202b of the mask and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a are actually separated by, for example, about 30 mm, as in the present embodiment, the mask alignment mark 202e is formed so as to be parallel to the position. The side edge of the slit 202b at both end portions in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201 can be selected from the side edge of the slit 202b provided at the end portion in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The alignment mark 202e can be aligned in a narrow range of, for example, about 10 mm, and the width of the exposure portion can be adjusted.

又,圖26中,雖然於圖示的方便上,僅圖示配向膜201及光罩202之一方的側面部,然而,上述光罩位置的控制,係在配向膜201的兩側面部之膜片對準記號201a與光罩202的兩側面部之光罩對準記號202e之間進行。換句話說,配向膜201之一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,以及配向膜201之另一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,任一者均為例如10mm。 In addition, in FIG. 26, only one side surface of the alignment film 201 and the photomask 202 is shown in the convenience of illustration, but the control of the position of the mask is a film of the both sides of the alignment film 201. The sheet alignment mark 201a is performed between the mask alignment marks 202e on both side faces of the mask 202. In other words, the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a on one side of the alignment film 201 and the mask alignment mark 202e, and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a on the other side of the alignment film 201 and the mask alignment mark Any distance between 202e, for example, is 10 mm.

但是,若在移動於輸送滾子242、243間的期間配向膜201曲折行進,則在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向的光罩202之 中央位置與配向膜201之中央位置會偏離,而導致在配向膜201的一側面部之膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,與在另一側面部之膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離變得不同。為了消除上述問題,本實施形態中,控制部調節位在與光罩202之配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向的位置,以使得在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向,攝相機207所偵測之一對的光罩對準記號之中央位置,係與一對的膜片對準記號201a之中央位置為一致;藉此,可以使光罩202之中央位置與配向膜201之中央位置兩者位置配合。換句話說,即使產生曲折行進,仍可進行控制,以使得配向膜201之一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,以及配向膜201之另一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,任一者均為例如10mm。 However, when the alignment film 201 is meandered during the movement between the transport rollers 242 and 243, the mask 202 is perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The central position and the central position of the alignment film 201 are deviated, resulting in a distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a of one side surface of the alignment film 201 and the mask alignment mark 202e, and a diaphragm on the other side surface. The distance between the alignment mark 201a and the reticle alignment mark 202e becomes different. In order to eliminate the above problem, in the present embodiment, the control unit adjusts the position in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201 of the mask 202 so that the camera 207 is in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Detecting the center position of the pair of reticle alignment marks is coincident with the center position of the pair of diaphragm alignment marks 201a; thereby, the central position of the reticle 202 and the center position of the alignment film 201 can be made The position of the two matches. In other words, even if a meandering travel is generated, control can be performed such that the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a on one side of the alignment film 201 and the mask alignment mark 202e, and the other side of the alignment film 201 The distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the reticle alignment mark 202e is, for example, 10 mm.

其次,針對如上述構成之本實施形態的曝光裝置之動作加以說明。曝光對象之配向膜201,例如從滾筒狀的供給捲筒241連續地被供給,而直到於捲取側的捲筒244受到捲取之間,例如,施加配向材料膜的塗布、曝光、乾燥處理等。亦即,於曝光裝置內被供給之配向膜201的表面上,膜狀地塗布有配向材料。 Next, the operation of the exposure apparatus of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described. The alignment film 201 of the exposure target is continuously supplied, for example, from the roll-shaped supply reel 241 until the reel on the take-up side is subjected to winding, for example, application, exposure, and drying of the alignment material film are applied. Wait. That is, an alignment material is applied in a film form on the surface of the alignment film 201 supplied in the exposure apparatus.

如圖27所示,本實施形態中,首先,藉由對準標示器206,於曝光裝置內被供給之配向膜201的側面部,連續地或是斷續地形成線狀的膜片對準記號201a。在形成該膜片對準記號201a之時點,配向膜201未產生熱變形。形成有膜片對準記號201a之配向膜201,係例如藉如供給捲筒241及捲筒244等之旋轉驅動力,連續地供給至曝光裝置內,而在曝光裝置內,藉由輸送滾子242、243等以獲得支撐,在曝光裝置內於1方向移動。此時,例如,藉由曝光時的高溫等,配向膜201產生膨脹。在藉由輸送滾子242、243等輸送配向膜201時,特別是,配向膜201在與其移動方向垂直之寬度方向上容易產生變形,由於因加熱產生的膨脹,配向膜201 的寬度變大。 As shown in Fig. 27, in the present embodiment, first, a linear diaphragm alignment is continuously or intermittently formed on the side surface portion of the alignment film 201 supplied to the exposure device by the alignment indicator 206. Symbol 201a. At the time of forming the diaphragm alignment mark 201a, the alignment film 201 is not thermally deformed. The alignment film 201 on which the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is formed is continuously supplied to the exposure apparatus by, for example, a rotational driving force such as the supply reel 241 and the reel 244, and is transported by the transport roller in the exposure apparatus. 242, 243, etc. to obtain support, moving in the direction of 1 in the exposure device. At this time, for example, the alignment film 201 is expanded by a high temperature or the like at the time of exposure. When the alignment film 201 is transported by the transport rollers 242, 243, etc., in particular, the alignment film 201 is easily deformed in the width direction perpendicular to the moving direction thereof, and the alignment film 201 is expanded due to heating. The width becomes larger.

於曝光前已經熱膨脹之配向膜201,藉由利用輸送滾子242、243等輸送,而輸送到曝光光線的照射位置。於該膨脹後之配向膜201,膜片對準記號201a,從未於寬度方向產生延伸的場合,如圖26(b)所示,於觀察窗202d內,向外側(圖26之左側)移動。攝相機207,經由觀察窗202d偵測光罩對準記號202e及膜片對準記號201a,偵測結果係發信到未圖示之控制部。然後,控制部藉由例如致動器等,使光罩202對於開口板203於配向膜201的移動方向上相對地移動,並使開口板203的開口203b對應於光罩202之狹縫202b的寬度較廣之區域,以使得於利用攝相機207之偵測區域271內,膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之距離變為10mm。 The alignment film 201 which has been thermally expanded before the exposure is transported to the irradiation position of the exposure light by transport by the transport rollers 242, 243 or the like. When the expanded alignment film 201 and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a are not extended in the width direction, as shown in FIG. 26(b), they are moved to the outside (left side of FIG. 26) in the observation window 202d. . The camera 207 detects the mask alignment mark 202e and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a via the observation window 202d, and the detection result is sent to a control unit (not shown). Then, the control unit relatively moves the mask 202 to the opening direction of the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 by, for example, an actuator, and the opening 203b of the opening plate 203 corresponds to the slit 202b of the mask 202. The wide area is such that the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the reticle alignment mark 202e becomes 10 mm in the detection area 271 of the camera 207.

本實施形態中,設置於光罩202之狹縫202b,其在配向膜201的移動方向上之長度為300mm,而其在光罩202之最側面部側的狹縫202b之緣部,係設置成:在配向膜201的移動方向之端部間,於與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向,以約500μm(在光罩2的兩側面部為1000μm)產生移位。從而,例如,伴隨著配向膜201的延伸,在膜片對準記號201a於側方移動了50μm的場合,控制部控制,以使得光罩202的位置,從對應於配向膜201未產生膨脹的狀態的位置,於配向膜201的移動方向上移動30mm,並使對於配向膜201之曝光光線的照射區域之寬度變寬廣。亦即,雖然從光源205A、205B射出之曝光光線,透射開口板203的開口203b,並照射到光罩202上,但是藉由在配向膜201的移動方向上移動對於開口板203之光罩202的相對位置,透射開口板203之開口203b而照射到光罩202之曝光光線的照射位置會在配向膜201的移動方向上移動。本發明中,設置於光罩202之複數條狹縫202b,係傾斜配向膜201的移動方向而延伸,又,設置各狹縫202b的寬度,以使其沿著配向膜201的移動方向線性地變化。從而, 伴隨著光罩202的移動,若對於光罩202之曝光光線的照射位置在配向膜201的移動方向上移動,則透射狹縫202b而照射到配向膜201上之曝光光線照射區域的寬度會變化。這樣,本實施形態中,即使在配向膜201發生膨脹而於其寬度方向上延伸的場合,亦可以對應於變形後之配向膜201的寬度,而調節形成於曝光後之配向曝光膜201c上的帶狀之曝光部的寬度。從而,本實施形態中,即使在配向膜201於與其移動方向垂直之寬度方向上產生了變形的場合,亦可不替換光罩202而進行曝光。 In the present embodiment, the slit 202b provided in the mask 202 has a length of 300 mm in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and is provided at the edge of the slit 202b on the most side surface side of the mask 202. In the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201, the end portion of the alignment film 201 in the moving direction is displaced by about 500 μm (1000 μm on both side surfaces of the mask 2). Therefore, for example, with the extension of the alignment film 201, when the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is moved laterally by 50 μm, the control unit controls so that the position of the photomask 202 does not expand from the corresponding alignment film 201. The position of the state is shifted by 30 mm in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the width of the irradiation region of the exposure light to the alignment film 201 is widened. That is, although the exposure light emitted from the light sources 205A, 205B is transmitted through the opening 203b of the opening plate 203 and irradiated onto the reticle 202, the reticle 202 for the opening plate 203 is moved by the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The relative position of the exposure light transmitted through the opening 203b of the aperture plate 203 and irradiated to the reticle 202 moves in the moving direction of the alignment film 201. In the present invention, the plurality of slits 202b provided in the mask 202 extend in the moving direction of the oblique alignment film 201, and the width of each slit 202b is set so as to be linearly along the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Variety. thereby, With the movement of the reticle 202, if the irradiation position of the exposure light to the reticle 202 moves in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, the width of the exposure light irradiation region which is transmitted through the slit 202b and irradiated onto the alignment film 201 changes. . As described above, in the present embodiment, even when the alignment film 201 is expanded and extended in the width direction, the width of the alignment film 201 after the deformation can be adjusted to be formed on the exposed alignment film 201c after exposure. The width of the strip-shaped exposure portion. Therefore, in the present embodiment, even when the alignment film 201 is deformed in the width direction perpendicular to the moving direction, the exposure can be performed without replacing the mask 202.

藉由曝光光線之照射,塗布於配向膜201上的配向材料膜,得因應照射光的偏光方向而進行光配向,而形成配向曝光膜201c。例如,藉由從光源205A射出之曝光光線,形成使偏光方向為-45°之直線偏光或是偏光方向為CW(Clock Wise)之圓偏光的顯示光透射之曝光部a。另一方面,由於在光罩202A之狹縫202b間的區域,未透射曝光光線,故於曝光部a間殘留未曝光部。由於該光罩202A之狹縫202b間的間隔,係與狹縫202b的寬度相同,故曝光部a間之未曝光部,係與曝光部a寬度相等。本實施形態中,藉由設置於配向膜201的移動方向之下游側的光源205B、光罩202B、以及開口板203B,曝光該未曝光部。 The alignment material film applied to the alignment film 201 by irradiation of the exposure light is subjected to light alignment in accordance with the polarization direction of the irradiation light to form the alignment exposure film 201c. For example, the exposure light emitted from the light source 205A forms an exposure portion a that transmits linearly polarized light having a polarization direction of -45° or circularly polarized light having a polarization direction of CW (Clock Wise). On the other hand, since the exposure light is not transmitted in the region between the slits 202b of the mask 202A, the unexposed portions remain between the exposed portions a. Since the interval between the slits 202b of the mask 202A is the same as the width of the slit 202b, the unexposed portion between the exposed portions a is equal to the width of the exposed portion a. In the present embodiment, the unexposed portion is exposed by the light source 205B, the mask 202B, and the opening plate 203B provided on the downstream side in the moving direction of the alignment film 201.

即使在此時,亦藉由例如攝相機207,偵測膜片對準記號201a及光罩對準記號202e的位置,偵測結果,係發送到未圖示之控制部。然後,與曝光部a之形成步驟相同,控制部控制在配向膜201的移動方向之光罩202與遮光構件203之相對位置,以使膜片對準記號201a及光罩對準記號202e之位置關係成為既定關係。例如進行控制以使光罩202對於開口板203相對地於配向膜201的移動方向上移動。從而,在配向膜201之移動方向下游側,亦可以對應於配向膜201的寬度,而調節形成於配向曝光膜201c上之帶狀的曝光部之寬度;即使在配向膜201於與其移動方向垂直之寬度方向上產生了變形的場合,亦可以不替換光罩202而曝光。 Even at this time, the position of the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the mask alignment mark 202e is detected by, for example, the camera 207, and the detection result is transmitted to a control unit (not shown). Then, similarly to the step of forming the exposure portion a, the control portion controls the relative position of the mask 202 and the light blocking member 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 so that the position of the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the mask alignment mark 202e Relationships become established relationships. For example, control is performed to move the reticle 202 relative to the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Therefore, in the downstream direction of the moving direction of the alignment film 201, the width of the strip-shaped exposed portion formed on the alignment film 201c can be adjusted corresponding to the width of the alignment film 201; even if the alignment film 201 is perpendicular to the moving direction thereof In the case where deformation occurs in the width direction, exposure may be performed without replacing the mask 202.

然後,藉由從光源205B射出之曝光光線的照射,形成使偏光方向為+45°之直線偏光或是偏光方向為CCW(Counter Clock Wise)之圓偏光的顯示光透射之曝光部b,以使其在曝光部a間之未曝光部與曝光部a鄰接。 Then, by the irradiation of the exposure light emitted from the light source 205B, the exposure portion b that transmits the linearly polarized light having a polarization direction of +45° or the circularly polarized light having a polarization direction of CCW (Counter Clock Wise) is formed. The unexposed portion between the exposure portions a is adjacent to the exposure portion a.

配向膜201伴隨著輸送,存在於與其移動方向垂直之方向曲折行進的場合。但是,如本實施形態所述,在設置2組光源205、光罩202以及開口板203,而照射偏光方向不同之2種類的曝光光線之形式的曝光裝置中,使配向材料膜進行光配向之2種類的曝光光線,其照射位置之相對的位置配合變得很重要。例如,若曝光光線之照射位置於配向膜201之寬度方向上偏離,則會使未曝光的區域殘留,或產生重疊曝光之區域,而變成曝光不良。但是,本實施形態中,膜片對準記號201a係,形成於配向膜201的兩側面部,而控制部控制在與光罩202的配向膜201之移動方向垂直的方向之位置,以使在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向,攝相機207偵測到之一對的光罩對準記號202e之中央位置,與一對的膜片對準記號201a之中央位置一致。換句話說,即使產生曲折行進,仍可以控制以使得配向膜201之一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,以及配向膜201之另一側的膜片對準記號201a與光罩對準記號202e之間的距離,任一者均為例如10mm。從而,即使配向膜201,伴隨著移動而曲折行進時,亦可藉由調節在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向上之光罩202的位置,防止上述曝光不良。 The alignment film 201 is conveyed in a zigzag direction in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction. However, as described in the present embodiment, in the exposure apparatus in which two sets of the light source 205, the mask 202, and the aperture plate 203 are provided to irradiate two types of exposure light having different polarization directions, the alignment material film is optically aligned. For the two types of exposure light, the relative positional matching of the irradiation positions becomes important. For example, when the irradiation position of the exposure light is shifted in the width direction of the alignment film 201, the unexposed area remains, or the area where the exposure is overlapped is caused to cause poor exposure. However, in the present embodiment, the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is formed on both side surfaces of the alignment film 201, and the control unit controls the position in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201 of the mask 202 so that In the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201, the camera 207 detects the center position of a pair of the mask alignment marks 202e, which coincides with the center position of the pair of diaphragm alignment marks 201a. In other words, even if a meandering travel is generated, the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 201a on one side of the alignment film 201 and the mask alignment mark 202e, and the diaphragm on the other side of the alignment film 201 can be controlled. The distance between the alignment mark 201a and the reticle alignment mark 202e is, for example, 10 mm. Therefore, even if the alignment film 201 is zigzag traveling along with the movement, the exposure failure can be prevented by adjusting the position of the mask 202 in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201.

藉由曝光光線的照射,形成了曝光部a、曝光部b之配向曝光膜201c,由於輸送而冷卻,不久,收縮為膨脹前之寬度。從而,製造出所圖50所示之偏光膜片,其以較廣之寬度形成的曝光部a、曝光部b,並伴隨著配向曝光膜201c之收縮,而變為既定之寬度。 The alignment exposure film 201c of the exposure portion a and the exposure portion b is formed by the irradiation of the exposure light, and is cooled by the conveyance, and is contracted to the width before expansion. Thus, the polarizing film shown in FIG. 50 is produced, and the exposed portion a and the exposed portion b which are formed in a wide width are contracted to have a predetermined width.

如以上所述,本實施形態中,即使在配向膜201由於加熱而於其寬度方向上產生了膨脹的場合,藉由設置於光罩202之狹縫形狀、開口板203之構成以及利用控制部之控制,亦可以不替換光罩而進行曝光。 As described above, in the present embodiment, even when the alignment film 201 is expanded in the width direction due to heating, the slit shape of the mask 202, the configuration of the opening plate 203, and the utilization control portion are employed. The control can also be performed without replacing the mask.

又,雖然本實施形態中,係針對配向膜201由於加熱而產生了膨脹的場合加以敘述,但是,即使在配向膜201於曝光前例如受到冷卻而收縮之場合,亦可藉由利用控制部,控制在光罩202與開口板203之配向膜201的移動方向之相對位置,以使得光罩對準記號202e與膜片對準記號201a之位置關係成為既定關係,而可以不替換光罩,而精度良好地製造偏光膜片1。 Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the alignment film 201 is expanded by heating is described. However, even when the alignment film 201 is cooled and contracted before exposure, for example, the control unit may be used. The positional relationship between the reticle 202 and the alignment film 201 of the opening plate 203 is controlled so that the positional relationship between the reticle alignment mark 202e and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is a predetermined relationship, and the reticle can be replaced. The polarizing film 1 is manufactured with high precision.

又,雖然本實施形態中,係針對沿配向膜201的移動方向配置2組的光源205、光罩202以及開口板203,光源205A、205B分別射出偏光方向不同的曝光光線,且以一連串的步驟形成曝光部a及曝光部b之場合加以說明,然而,形成曝光部a及曝光部b之曝光裝置,亦可分別使用其它曝光裝置。或是,藉由將對於配向膜201之曝光光線的照射方向進行偏光,亦可利用1台曝光裝置,形成配向方向不同之配向曝光膜201c。 Further, in the present embodiment, two sets of the light source 205, the mask 202, and the aperture plate 203 are disposed in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and the light sources 205A and 205B emit exposure light having different polarization directions, respectively, in a series of steps. The case where the exposure portion a and the exposure portion b are formed will be described. However, the exposure device for forming the exposure portion a and the exposure portion b may use other exposure devices. Alternatively, by irradiating the irradiation direction of the exposure light to the alignment film 201, it is also possible to form the alignment exposure film 201c having a different alignment direction by using one exposure apparatus.

進而,就本實施形態中,開口板203配置於光源205與光罩202之間的場合加以說明;然而,本發明中,僅要求能藉由光罩202之狹縫202b及開口板203之開口203b限制對於配向膜201之曝光光線的照射區域即可,開口板203,亦可配置於例如光罩202與配向膜201之間。 Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the opening plate 203 is disposed between the light source 205 and the reticle 202 will be described. However, in the present invention, only the opening of the slit 202b and the opening plate 203 by the reticle 202 is required. The 203b may limit the irradiation area of the exposure light to the alignment film 201, and the opening plate 203 may be disposed between, for example, the mask 202 and the alignment film 201.

又進而,雖然本實施形態中,針對攝相機207設置於光罩202的上方,而於光罩202的側面部,設置有偵測膜片對準記號201a用之觀察窗202d的場合加以敘述,但是,本發明中,例如攝相機207等之偵測部,亦可設置於配向膜201的下方。在此時,亦可不 設置觀察窗202d,於例如光罩202的底面設置光罩對準記號202e,而可以利用攝相機207從配向膜201的下方偵測膜片對準記號201a及光罩對準記號202e。 Further, in the present embodiment, the camera 207 is disposed above the reticle 202, and the side surface of the reticle 202 is provided with the observation window 202d for detecting the diaphragm alignment mark 201a. However, in the present invention, the detecting portion such as the camera 207 may be provided below the alignment film 201. At this time, or not The observation window 202d is provided, for example, a reticle alignment mark 202e is provided on the bottom surface of the reticle 202, and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a and the reticle alignment mark 202e can be detected from below the alignment film 201 by the camera 207.

又進而,關於光罩202,可使用如圖28所示之具有狹縫202b之光罩202C。於該光罩202C中,複數條狹縫202b,其寬度亦於配向膜201的移動方向上線性地變化;狹縫間的間隔,在從與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向觀察時,與狹縫202b的寬度相同。在圖28所示之光罩202C,設置於光罩202C之兩端部的狹縫之中,設置於一端部之狹縫202b,係使其側緣與配向膜201的移動方向平行而設置;其他複數條狹縫202b,係傾斜於配向膜201的移動方向而延伸;狹縫202b之傾斜,係設置為:在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向,從一端部側往另一端部側,逐漸地變大。在使用上述光罩202C的場合,能以具有平行於配向膜201之移動方向的側緣之一端部的狹縫202b為基準,控制光罩202的位置。針對例如對於配向膜201的移動方向傾斜最大的另一端部之狹縫202b,在配向膜201的移動方向之長度為300mm,在設置其側緣以使其在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向上以約1000μm偏倚時,在伴隨著配向膜201的延伸,膜片對準記號201a間之距離變大了100μm時,控制部進行控制,以使光罩202在與配向膜201的移動方向垂直之方向上向外面移動100μm,同時亦進行控制,以使其於配向膜201的移動方向上移動30mm。藉此,光罩對準記號202e與膜片對準記號201a之位置關係,與配向膜201未產生延伸的場合相同,與第1實施形態一樣,可以不替換光罩202C,而調節對於配向膜201之曝光光線照射區域的寬度。 Further, as for the photomask 202, a photomask 202C having a slit 202b as shown in Fig. 28 can be used. In the reticle 202C, the plurality of slits 202b have a width that linearly changes in the moving direction of the alignment film 201; the interval between the slits is observed from a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and The slits 202b have the same width. The mask 202C shown in FIG. 28 is provided in the slits at both end portions of the mask 202C, and is provided at one end of the slit 202b so that the side edge thereof is disposed in parallel with the moving direction of the alignment film 201; The other plurality of slits 202b extend obliquely to the moving direction of the alignment film 201; the inclination of the slits 202b is set to be from the one end side to the other end side in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201 , gradually getting bigger. When the photomask 202C is used, the position of the photomask 202 can be controlled based on the slit 202b having one end portion of the side edge parallel to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. The slit 202b of the other end portion which is inclined most, for example, to the moving direction of the alignment film 201, has a length of 300 mm in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, and its side edge is disposed so as to be perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 201. When the direction is biased by about 1000 μm, the control unit controls the photomask 202 in the moving direction with the alignment film 201 when the distance between the patch alignment marks 201a increases by 100 μm with the extension of the alignment film 201. The substrate was moved outward by 100 μm in the vertical direction while being controlled so as to be moved by 30 mm in the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Thereby, the positional relationship between the mask alignment mark 202e and the diaphragm alignment mark 201a is the same as that in the case where the alignment film 201 does not extend, and the alignment film can be adjusted without replacing the mask 202C as in the first embodiment. The width of the exposure area of the exposure light of 201.

又進而,雖然本實施形態中,係在配向膜201上,形成可逆性之配向材料膜,然而亦可形成非可逆性的配向材料膜。 Further, in the present embodiment, a reversible alignment material film is formed on the alignment film 201, but an irreversible alignment material film may be formed.

其次,就本發明之第11實施形態加以說明。圖29係顯示利 用關於本發明之第11實施形態的曝光裝置之曝光步驟的圖式。本實施形態中,在配向膜201,形成有可逆性之配向材料膜。又,代替第10實施形態中的光罩202A,而改為設置光罩202D。於該光罩202D,未設置狹縫202b,而改為設置開口202f,該開口202f其寬度在配向膜201的移動方向上變化。然後,經由開口板203之開口203b及光罩202D之開口,可以將曝光光線照射到配向膜201之曝光對象區域的全區域。其他的構成係與第1實施形態相同。 Next, an eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. Figure 29 shows the benefit A drawing of an exposure step of the exposure apparatus according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention is used. In the present embodiment, a reversible alignment material film is formed on the alignment film 201. Further, instead of the mask 202A in the tenth embodiment, the mask 202D is instead provided. In the reticle 202D, the slit 202b is not provided, and instead, the opening 202f is provided, and the width of the opening 202f is changed in the moving direction of the alignment film 201. Then, the exposure light is irradiated to the entire area of the exposure target region of the alignment film 201 through the opening 203b of the aperture plate 203 and the opening of the mask 202D. The other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment.

本實施形態中,於配向膜201的表面上,形成有可逆性的配向材料膜。本實施形態中,首先,如圖29(a)所示,藉由從光源205A射出之曝光光線,曝光形成於配向膜201的表面之配向材料膜的全區域。然後,其後,如圖29(b)所示,藉由從光源205B射出之曝光光線,對應開口板203B的開口及光罩202B的狹縫而照射至配向材料膜。由於本實施形態中,係使用可逆性的配向材料膜,故以第2次曝光照射的部分之配向方向,會從以第1次曝光照射之部分的配向方向變更。從而,本實施形態中,會形成與第10實施形態相同的配向曝光膜。 In the present embodiment, a reversible alignment material film is formed on the surface of the alignment film 201. In the present embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 29(a), the entire area of the alignment material film formed on the surface of the alignment film 201 is exposed by the exposure light emitted from the light source 205A. Then, as shown in FIG. 29(b), the exposure light emitted from the light source 205B is irradiated to the alignment material film in accordance with the opening of the opening plate 203B and the slit of the mask 202B. In the present embodiment, since the reversible alignment material film is used, the alignment direction of the portion irradiated with the second exposure is changed from the alignment direction of the portion irradiated with the first exposure. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the same alignment exposure film as in the tenth embodiment is formed.

在本實施形態中,在由於曝光造成之加熱,配向膜201膨脹而於其寬度方向延伸的場合,藉由利用控制部,控制在配向膜201的移動方向上之光罩202與開口板203之相對位置,可以調節形成於配向膜201上之帶狀的曝光部之寬度,而不替換光罩202進行曝光。 In the present embodiment, when the alignment film 201 is expanded and extended in the width direction due to heating by exposure, the photomask 202 and the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 are controlled by the control portion. The relative position makes it possible to adjust the width of the strip-shaped exposure portion formed on the alignment film 201 without replacing the mask 202 for exposure.

又,第10實施形態之曝光裝置中,即使在配向膜201表面上形成有非可逆性的配向材料膜時,取代在配向膜201的移動方向之下游側的光罩202B,而改為配置如本第11實施形態之光罩202D,並藉由利用從上游側的光源205A射出之曝光光線的曝光,以使配向材料膜對應於開口板203A的開口及光罩202A的既定寬 度之狹縫而使其配向,並藉由利用從下游側之光源205B射出之曝光光線的曝光,以曝光曝光對象區域的全體表面而加以構成之場合,亦可以形成與第10實施形態及第11實施形態相同的配向膜。於此時,亦藉由利用控制部,控制在配向膜201的移動方向之光罩202與開口板203的相對位置,可以調節形成於配向膜201上之帶狀的曝光部之寬度,亦可以不替換光罩202而進行曝光。 Further, in the exposure apparatus of the tenth embodiment, even when the non-reversible alignment material film is formed on the surface of the alignment film 201, instead of the photomask 202B on the downstream side in the moving direction of the alignment film 201, it is replaced by The photomask 202D of the eleventh embodiment is exposed by exposure light emitted from the upstream side light source 205A so that the alignment material film corresponds to the opening of the aperture plate 203A and the predetermined width of the mask 202A. The slits are arranged to be aligned, and by exposing the entire surface of the exposure target region by exposure of the exposure light emitted from the light source 205B on the downstream side, the tenth embodiment and the 11 Alignment film of the same embodiment. At this time, by controlling the relative position of the mask 202 and the opening plate 203 in the moving direction of the alignment film 201 by the control unit, the width of the strip-shaped exposure portion formed on the alignment film 201 can be adjusted, or Exposure is performed without replacing the mask 202.

其次,就本發明之第12實施形態加以說明。本發明之第12實施形態的曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對的對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部形成作為該配向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔而配列的複數之狹縫,並設置用以觀察該一對的膜片對準記號之一對的觀察窗,且於該各觀察窗內形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,用以偵測該各觀察窗內之該光罩對準記號及該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,基於該偵測部之偵測結果,調節該遮光構件與該光罩間在該第1方向之相對位置關係;其中,於該狹縫中,在第2方向之一端部的第1狹縫係平行於該第1方向,另一端部之第2狹縫係對於該第1方向以最大傾度傾斜,而該第1狹縫與該第2狹縫之間的狹縫係依照使傾斜角度從第1狹縫往第2狹縫逐漸變大之方式傾斜;該狹縫的寬度係於該第1方向線性地變化,該狹縫間之間隔係於該第2方向與該狹縫之寬度相同;該第1狹縫側之第1光罩對準記號係於該第1方向上延伸,而該第2狹縫側之第2光罩對準記號係與該第2狹縫之寬度方向的一邊側緣或是寬度方向的中心線平行而延伸。 Next, a twelfth embodiment of the present invention will be described. An exposure apparatus according to a twelfth aspect of the present invention includes: a transport device for moving an alignment film to be exposed in a first direction; and a pair of alignment markers formed on the both sides of the alignment film as the alignment a diaphragm alignment mark of an index of the amount of expansion and contraction of the film; a light source for emitting the exposure light; and a mask forming a plurality of slits arranged at intervals in the second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and arranged An observation window for observing one pair of the pair of diaphragm alignment marks, and a mask alignment mark is formed in each of the observation windows; the light shielding member extends in the second direction to form and The slit intersects the opening, and transmits the exposure light at a portion where the opening intersects the slit; the detecting portion is configured to detect the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment in the observation window And a control unit that adjusts a relative positional relationship between the light shielding member and the reticle in the first direction based on a detection result of the detection unit; wherein, in the slit, at one end of the second direction The first slit is parallel to the first direction, and the other The second slit of the end portion is inclined at the maximum inclination in the first direction, and the slit between the first slit and the second slit is inclined from the first slit to the second slit. The width of the slit is linearly changed in the first direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit in the second direction; the first slit side 1. The mask alignment mark extends in the first direction, and the second mask alignment mark on the second slit side and one side edge in the width direction of the second slit or the center in the width direction The lines extend in parallel.

其次,就本發明之第12實施形態,參照圖30至圖36加以說明。本實施形態係對應配向膜之曲折行進,以及對應由配向膜的 熱膨脹與熱收縮所造成的變形兩者情況,而進行高精度的曝光者。圖30(a)為顯示本實施形態之光罩220的俯視圖,圖30(b)為顯示本實施形態之開口板230的俯視圖。光罩220,係在以遮光性材料構成的底部220a,於與配向膜210的移動方向(第1方向:以中空箭頭表示)垂直的方向(第2方向)上配列複數條狹縫220b而成者;設置各狹縫220b,以使其寬度於長邊方向線性地變化,狹縫間之間隔在與配向膜210之移動方向垂直的方向係狹縫220b之寬度相同。亦即,於圖30(a)所示的光罩220,各狹縫220b的寬度,係被設置為最上部最狹窄,而愈沿著狹縫的長邊方向往下方去,則變得寬廣。然後,各狹縫220b中,配置於配向膜210的寬度方向之一端部的狹縫220b,係與配向膜210之移動方向平行而延伸,其長度為y。又,在狹縫220b中,配置於配向膜210的寬度方向之另一端部的狹縫220b,係傾斜於配向膜210的移動方向而延伸,其傾斜係以:使在配向膜210之移動方向y的距離,在配向膜210的寬度方向以x的量偏倚。該配向膜210之一端部的未傾斜之狹縫220b(平行狹縫)與傾斜之另一端部的狹縫220b(最大傾斜狹縫)之間的狹縫220b,係從平行狹縫向著最大傾斜狹縫,傾斜著以使傾斜角度逐漸地變大。又,例如,y為300mm,x為1mm。 Next, a twelfth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 30 to 36. This embodiment corresponds to the meandering of the alignment film and the corresponding alignment film. Both the thermal expansion and the deformation caused by the heat shrinkage are performed with high precision. Fig. 30 (a) is a plan view showing the mask 220 of the embodiment, and Fig. 30 (b) is a plan view showing the aperture plate 230 of the embodiment. The mask 220 is formed by arranging a plurality of slits 220b in a direction (second direction) perpendicular to a moving direction (first direction: indicated by a hollow arrow) of the alignment film 210 in a bottom portion 220a made of a light-shielding material. Each slit 220b is provided so that its width linearly changes in the longitudinal direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit 220b in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 210. That is, in the mask 220 shown in Fig. 30 (a), the width of each slit 220b is set to be the narrowest at the uppermost portion, and becomes wider as it goes downward along the longitudinal direction of the slit. . Then, in each slit 220b, the slit 220b disposed at one end portion of the alignment film 210 in the width direction extends in parallel with the moving direction of the alignment film 210, and has a length y. Further, in the slit 220b, the slit 220b disposed at the other end portion of the alignment film 210 in the width direction extends obliquely to the moving direction of the alignment film 210, and is inclined so as to move in the moving direction of the alignment film 210. The distance of y is biased by the amount of x in the width direction of the alignment film 210. The slit 220b between the un-tilted slit 220b (parallel slit) of one end portion of the alignment film 210 and the slit 220b (maximum inclined slit) at the other end of the inclined film is inclined from the parallel slit toward the maximum The slit is inclined so that the inclination angle is gradually increased. Also, for example, y is 300 mm and x is 1 mm.

圖31(a)、(b)為顯示於配向膜210形成對準記號之雷射標示器250的圖式。該雷射標示器250,係對於從膜片捲出滾筒245持續輸出之配向膜210,於該配向膜210的兩側面部照射雷射光,而形成對準記號210a、210b。又,從雷射標示器250將雷射光照射到配向膜210時,藉由滾筒246支撐配向膜210的底面,並使配向膜210之面固定。 31(a) and (b) are diagrams showing the laser marker 250 in which the alignment marks are formed on the alignment film 210. The laser marker 250 is directed to the alignment film 210 that is continuously output from the film take-up roller 245, and the laser beam is irradiated on both side surfaces of the alignment film 210 to form alignment marks 210a and 210b. Further, when the laser light is irradiated onto the alignment film 210 from the laser marker 250, the bottom surface of the alignment film 210 is supported by the roller 246, and the surface of the alignment film 210 is fixed.

在光罩220的兩側面部,以例如與在配向膜210的移動方向之狹縫220b的長度同程度之長度,設置偵測膜片對準記號210a、210b用之觀察窗220d;在各觀察窗220d,設置有光罩對準記號220e、220f。光罩對準記號220f係於配向膜210的移動方向上平 行地延伸,並設置於一端部側之觀察窗220d,該觀察窗220d形成有平行之狹縫220b(平行狹縫)的於位在光罩220之配向膜210的移動方向上。另一方面,光罩對準記號220e,係設置於配向膜210之寬度方向的另一端部側之觀察窗220d,與設置於該另一端部側之最大傾斜狹縫220b的側緣平行地延伸。 On both side faces of the reticle 220, for example, the observation window 220d for detecting the diaphragm alignment marks 210a, 210b is provided to the same length as the length of the slit 220b in the moving direction of the alignment film 210; The window 220d is provided with mask alignment marks 220e, 220f. The mask alignment mark 220f is flat in the moving direction of the alignment film 210 The observation window 220d is extended on the one end side, and the observation window 220d is formed with parallel slits 220b (parallel slits) in the moving direction of the alignment film 210 of the photomask 220. On the other hand, the mask alignment mark 220e is an observation window 220d provided on the other end side in the width direction of the alignment film 210, and extends in parallel with the side edge of the maximum inclined slit 220b provided on the other end side. .

開口板230,為例如SUS製之遮光性板材,如圖30(b)所示,在其底部230a之中央,設置有寬度為例如20至30mm之開口230b,以於一方向上延伸。開口230b,具有於光罩220之狹縫220b的配置區域之全區域延伸的長度。然後,配置於光罩220的上方,以使該開口230b之長邊方向與配向膜210的移動方向垂直。亦即,如圖32(a)所示,在配向膜210之移動區域的途中,設置光罩220,並於該光罩220的上方配置開口板230。於該開口板230的上方,配置有曝光光源270,從曝光光源270照射之曝光光線照射開口板230,其一部分藉由開口板230受到遮光,於曝光光線透射開口230b的部分,照射到光罩220,而透射光罩220之狹縫220b的曝光光線,照射到配向膜210。 The opening plate 230 is, for example, a opaque plate made of SUS. As shown in Fig. 30 (b), an opening 230b having a width of, for example, 20 to 30 mm is provided in the center of the bottom portion 230a so as to extend in one direction. The opening 230b has a length extending over the entire area of the arrangement area of the slit 220b of the reticle 220. Then, it is disposed above the photomask 220 such that the longitudinal direction of the opening 230b is perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film 210. That is, as shown in FIG. 32(a), a mask 220 is provided in the middle of the moving region of the alignment film 210, and the opening plate 230 is disposed above the mask 220. An exposure light source 270 is disposed above the aperture plate 230, and the exposure light irradiated from the exposure light source 270 illuminates the aperture plate 230, and a portion thereof is shielded from light by the aperture plate 230, and the portion of the exposure light transmitting opening 230b is irradiated to the mask. 220, and the exposure light of the slit 220b of the transmission mask 220 is irradiated to the alignment film 210.

控制部控制在配向膜210的移動方向之光罩220與遮光構件230的相對位置。亦即,控制部,係如圖33至圖36所示,例如,在固定了開口板230的位置之狀態下,移動相對於光罩220之開口板230的相對位置,以調節曝光光線在配向膜210上的照射位置,照射位置在平面視角下致透射開口230b與狹縫220b之重疊區域。 The control unit controls the relative position of the mask 220 and the light blocking member 230 in the moving direction of the alignment film 210. That is, the control unit, as shown in FIGS. 33 to 36, moves the relative position with respect to the opening plate 230 of the reticle 220 in a state where the opening plate 230 is fixed, for example, to adjust the exposure light in the alignment. The irradiation position on the film 210, which is the overlapping area of the transmission opening 230b and the slit 220b at a planar viewing angle.

如圖32(a)所示,在光罩220之觀察窗220d的上方,配置雙焦點直線攝相機260,該雙焦點直線攝相機260,係將在觀察窗220d內看得見的膜片對準記號210a、210b及光罩對準記號220f、220e,藉由偵測區域271加以觀察。 As shown in Fig. 32 (a), above the observation window 220d of the reticle 220, a bifocal linear camera 260 is disposed. The bifocal linear camera 260 is a pair of diaphragms that are visible in the observation window 220d. The alignment marks 210a, 210b and the mask alignment marks 220f, 220e are observed by the detection area 271.

其次,就控制部之控制態樣及本實施形態之曝光裝置的動作加以說明。如圖32(b)所示,以在配向膜210之移動方向(第1方向)延伸之光罩對準記號220f作為第1光罩對準記號220f,而以與該第1光罩對準記號220f一併於觀察窗220d內被觀察之膜片對準記號210b作為第1膜片對準記號210b。又,以傾斜於配向膜210的移動方向(第1方向)而延伸之光罩對準記號220e作為第2光罩對準記號220e,而以與該第2光罩對準記號220e一同於觀察窗220d內被觀察之膜片對準記號210a作為第2膜片對準記號210a。進而,在以下的動作中,開口板230為不動。 Next, the control aspect of the control unit and the operation of the exposure apparatus of this embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 32(b), the mask alignment mark 220f extending in the moving direction (first direction) of the alignment film 210 is used as the first mask alignment mark 220f to be aligned with the first mask. The mark 220f is collectively observed in the observation window 220d as the first diaphragm alignment mark 210b. Further, the mask alignment mark 220e extending obliquely to the moving direction (first direction) of the alignment film 210 is used as the second mask alignment mark 220e, and is observed together with the second mask alignment mark 220e. The diaphragm alignment mark 210a observed in the window 220d serves as the second diaphragm alignment mark 210a. Further, in the following operation, the opening plate 230 is not moved.

在曝光開始時,如圖33所示,若在藉由攝相機260觀察之偵測區域271的第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離為A,在第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間的距離為B,則控制部,係將該距離A設定為第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離之基準值,且將距離B設定為第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間的距離之基準值。 At the start of exposure, as shown in FIG. 33, if the distance between the first patch alignment mark 210b and the first mask alignment mark 220f of the detection area 271 viewed by the camera 260 is A, When the distance between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e is B, the control unit sets the distance A to the first patch alignment mark 210b to be aligned with the first mask. The reference value of the distance between the marks 220f is set to the reference value of the distance between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e.

然後,如圖34(a)所示,在配向膜210為曲折行進,且對於曝光初期之光罩220的位置,配向膜210在第2方向(配向膜210的寬度方向)上發生了偏倚的場合,於偵測區域271,第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離會從基準值A變動。在此,控制部係如圖34(b)所示,使光罩220於第2方向(以中空箭頭表示)上調節移動,而使第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離與基準值A一致。在配向膜210未發生熱膨脹或是熱收縮的場合,藉此,第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間的距離也與基準值B一致。藉此,如圖32(b)所示,曝光光線會透射開口板230的開口230b與光罩220的狹縫220b重疊的區域,而形成多數之平行線狀的曝光部於第1方向上移動之配向膜210。由於該曝光部,係配合於配向膜210的曲 折行進而使光罩220於第2方向上調節移動,故不會從曝光初期之配向膜210上的位置(在未發生曲折行進的場合之配向膜210上的位置)變動。 Then, as shown in FIG. 34(a), the alignment film 210 is meandering, and the alignment film 210 is biased in the second direction (the width direction of the alignment film 210) at the position of the mask 220 at the initial stage of exposure. In this case, in the detection area 271, the distance between the first patch alignment mark 210b and the first mask alignment mark 220f changes from the reference value A. Here, as shown in FIG. 34(b), the control unit adjusts the movement of the mask 220 in the second direction (indicated by a hollow arrow) to align the first patch alignment mark 210b with the first mask. The distance between the marks 220f coincides with the reference value A. When the alignment film 210 is not thermally expanded or thermally contracted, the distance between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e also coincides with the reference value B. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 32(b), the exposure light is transmitted through the region where the opening 230b of the aperture plate 230 overlaps the slit 220b of the mask 220, and a plurality of parallel-line exposure portions are formed to move in the first direction. The alignment film 210. Due to the exposure portion, the curve is fitted to the alignment film 210 Since the reticle is moved in the second direction by the folding, the position of the reticle 210 (the position on the aligning film 210 in the case where the zigzag does not occur) is not changed.

其次,如圖35(a)所示,在配向膜210發生了熱膨脹的場合,藉由在攝相機260之偵測區域71的觀察結果,例如,偵測到:雖然第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離係與基準值A一致,但是第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間的距離係從基準值B偏離變小。這麼一來,控制部對於開口板230,使光罩220相對地於圖35(b)以中空箭頭表示之方向(在圖32所示之態樣為配向膜210的移動方向)調節移動。這麼一來,由於透射開口板230之開口230b與光罩220之狹縫220b重疊的部分的曝光光線,不移動開口板230,而光罩220向著圖30(a)所示的中空箭頭方向之反方向調節移動,故變成透射狹縫220b之寬度更廣而間隔更廣的部分,在曝光後的配向曝光膜210c之線狀的曝光部,寬度會變更廣,而間隔會變更大。藉此,即使配向曝光膜210c發生熱膨脹,而寬度變大,隨之而來,配向曝光膜210c上之曝光部會於配向曝光膜210c的寬度方向上寬廣。因此,以在該圖35之曝光步驟曝光之線狀的曝光部,在配向曝光膜210c降溫而回到曝光開始時的溫度時,可以使曝光開始時之曝光部的寬度與間隔成為一致之狀態,而消除配向膜210之熱膨脹的影響。 Next, as shown in FIG. 35(a), when the alignment film 210 is thermally expanded, by the observation result of the detection area 71 of the camera 260, for example, it is detected that although the first diaphragm alignment mark The distance between 210b and the first mask alignment mark 220f is the same as the reference value A, but the distance between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e is deviated from the reference value B. small. In this way, the control unit adjusts the movement of the mask 220 to the opening plate 230 in the direction indicated by the hollow arrow in FIG. 35(b) (in the direction shown in FIG. 32, the moving direction of the alignment film 210). As a result, since the exposure light of the portion of the opening 230b of the transmissive opening plate 230 overlapping the slit 220b of the reticle 220 does not move the opening plate 230, the reticle 220 faces the hollow arrow shown in FIG. 30(a). When the movement is reversed, the width of the transmission slit 220b is wider and wider, and the linear exposure portion of the exposed exposure film 210c after exposure has a wide width and a large change in the interval. Thereby, even if the alignment exposure film 210c thermally expands, the width becomes large, and accordingly, the exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 210c is broad in the width direction of the alignment exposure film 210c. Therefore, when the exposure exposure film 210c is cooled to return to the temperature at the start of exposure by the exposure portion exposed in the exposure step of FIG. 35, the width and the interval of the exposure portion at the start of exposure can be made uniform. And the effect of thermal expansion of the alignment film 210 is eliminated.

其次,圖36係顯示於配向膜210產生了曲折行進與熱膨脹之場合的例子。如圖36(a)所示,在藉由攝相機260觀察之偵測區域271的第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間隔,從基準值A變動,並進而,第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間隔,從基準值B變動。這麼一來,控制部,首先,如圖36(b)所示,使光罩220於第2方向調節移動,而使第1膜片對準記號210b與第1光罩對準記號220f之間的距離,與基準值A 一致。其後,在攝相機260之偵測區域271,偵測第2膜片對準記號210a與第2光罩對準記號220e之間的距離,當它與基準值B不一致時,如圖36(c)所示,控制部使光罩220於第1方向調節移動。在該圖36(c)所示之例的場合,與圖35(b)的場合相同,由於透射開口230b與狹縫220b重疊部份之曝光光線,透射位於狹縫220b中寬度更廣、間隔更廣的部分,配合於配向膜210的熱膨脹,曝光後之配向曝光膜210c上的曝光部,相較於曝光初期,寬度變得更廣,間隔亦變得更廣。從而,在配向曝光膜210c降溫而回復到常溫時,變得與曝光初期之曝光部的寬度及間隔相同。藉此,即使在發生了配向膜210之曲折行進與配向膜210之熱膨脹兩者情形時,可以使配向曝光膜210c上之曝光部與曝光開始時(或是,作為基準值決定者)一致,而形成高精度之曝光部。 Next, Fig. 36 shows an example in the case where the alignment film 210 is subjected to meandering and thermal expansion. As shown in FIG. 36(a), the interval between the first patch alignment mark 210b and the first mask alignment mark 220f of the detection region 271 observed by the camera 260 is changed from the reference value A, and further The interval between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e varies from the reference value B. In this way, the control unit first adjusts and moves the mask 220 in the second direction as shown in FIG. 36(b) to set the first patch alignment mark 210b and the first mask alignment mark 220f. Distance, with reference value A Consistent. Thereafter, in the detection area 271 of the camera 260, the distance between the second patch alignment mark 210a and the second mask alignment mark 220e is detected, and when it does not coincide with the reference value B, as shown in FIG. 36 ( c), the control unit adjusts the movement of the mask 220 in the first direction. In the case of the example shown in Fig. 36 (c), as in the case of Fig. 35 (b), since the transmission light of the portion where the transmission opening 230b overlaps the slit 220b, the transmission is wider and spaced in the slit 220b. The wider portion is blended with the thermal expansion of the alignment film 210, and the exposed portion on the exposed exposure film 210c after exposure has a wider width and a wider interval than in the initial stage of exposure. Therefore, when the alignment exposure film 210c is cooled and returned to the normal temperature, it becomes the same as the width and interval of the exposed portion at the initial stage of exposure. Thereby, even when the meandering of the alignment film 210 and the thermal expansion of the alignment film 210 occur, the exposure portion on the alignment film 210c can be made coincident with the start of exposure (or as a reference value determiner). A high-precision exposure portion is formed.

又,雖然上述各實施形態中,形成光罩對準記號,以使與光罩對準記號最近的狹縫之該光罩對準記號側的側緣,與該光罩對準記號平行,然而,本發明並不限於此,亦可形成光罩對準記號,以使與光罩對準記號最近之狹縫的該光罩對準記號之反對側的側緣,與該光罩對準記號平行,又,亦可形成光罩對準記號,以使與光罩對準記號最近之狹縫的寬度方向之中心線,與該光罩對準記號平行。進而,本發明中,亦可將光罩對準記號,在與其最近之狹縫的光罩對準記號側之側緣、反對側之側緣、或是以狹縫之寬度中心線為基準線形成時,考量該最近之狹縫的寬度於該第1方向上線性地變化之變化量,而設定該光罩對準記號與該基準線之距離。換句話說,可以決定光罩對準記號及與其最近之狹縫,不以平行,而以兩者間之間隔考量配向膜之伸縮,而於該第1方向上線性地變化。該光罩對準記號及與其最近之狹縫之間的間隔之線性的變化量,可以使用於該最近之狹縫的寬度之第1方向的線性的變化量。 Further, in each of the above embodiments, the mask alignment mark is formed such that the side edge of the mask on the mark side of the slit closest to the mask alignment mark is parallel to the mask alignment mark. The present invention is not limited thereto, and a reticle alignment mark may be formed such that the reticle of the slit closest to the aligning mark of the reticle is aligned with the opposite side edge of the mark, and the aligning mark of the reticle Parallel, in addition, a reticle alignment mark may be formed such that the center line of the width direction of the slit closest to the reticle is parallel to the reticle alignment mark. Further, in the present invention, the mask may be aligned with the mark, and the side edge of the mask on the mark side of the slit closest to the slit, the side edge of the opposite side, or the center line of the width of the slit may be used as a reference line. At the time of formation, the distance between the width of the nearest slit and the linear change in the first direction is considered, and the distance between the mask alignment mark and the reference line is set. In other words, it is possible to determine the reticle alignment mark and the slit nearest thereto, and not to be parallel, but to measure the expansion and contraction of the alignment film at intervals of the two, and to linearly change in the first direction. The amount of change in the linearity of the interval between the reticle alignment mark and the slit closest thereto can be used for the amount of linear change in the first direction of the width of the nearest slit.

本發明中,於光罩,複數之狹縫,係在與配向膜的移動方向 之第1方向垂直的第2方向上相互間隔著間隔而配列,該狹縫的寬度,係於第1方向線性地變化,狹縫間的間隔,在第2方向觀察時係與狹縫的寬度相同。然後,設置遮光構件與光罩重合,該遮光構件形成在第2方向延伸而與所有的狹縫交叉之開口。藉此,本發明中,透射延伸於第2方向之遮光構件的開口及光罩的狹縫之曝光光線照射到配向膜。然後,偵測部,偵測設置於光罩之光罩對準記號與膜片對準記號,控制部控制光罩與遮光構件之在第1方向的相對位置,以使偵測部偵測之光罩對準記號與膜片對準記號之位置關係成為既定關係。藉此,本發明中,可以調節光罩的狹縫與遮光構件的開口之相對位置,而使對於配向膜之曝光光線的照射區域之寬度,基於變形後的寬度,精度良好地調節。從而,即使在曝光對象之配向膜於寬度方向產生了變形的場合,亦可不替換光罩而進行曝光。 In the present invention, in the photomask, the plurality of slits are in the moving direction with the alignment film. The first direction is perpendicular to the second direction, and is arranged at intervals. The width of the slit changes linearly in the first direction, and the interval between the slits is the width of the slit when viewed in the second direction. the same. Then, a light shielding member is provided to overlap the photomask, and the light shielding member forms an opening that extends in the second direction and intersects all the slits. Therefore, in the present invention, the exposure light that transmits the opening of the light shielding member extending in the second direction and the slit of the reticle is irradiated onto the alignment film. Then, the detecting unit detects the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment mark disposed on the reticle, and the control unit controls the relative position of the reticle and the light shielding member in the first direction, so that the detecting unit detects The positional relationship between the mask alignment mark and the diaphragm alignment mark has a predetermined relationship. Therefore, in the present invention, the relative position of the slit of the photomask and the opening of the light shielding member can be adjusted, and the width of the irradiation region of the exposure light to the alignment film can be accurately adjusted based on the width after the deformation. Therefore, even when the alignment film of the exposure target is deformed in the width direction, exposure can be performed without replacing the photomask.

又,本發明之另一曝光裝置中,藉由使光罩於第2方向上調節移動,以使第2方向之一端部的第1狹縫係平行於第1方向,與該第1狹縫平行地形成第1光罩對準記號,且該第1光罩對準記號與膜片對準記號之間的距離成為既定之基準值A,可以防止由於配向膜的曲折行進造成之曝光位置的變動。又,藉由使光罩於第1方向上調節移動,以使第2方向之另一端部的第2狹縫與第2光罩對準記號之間的距離成為既定的基準值B,可以防止由於配向膜之熱膨脹或是熱收縮所造成之曝光位置的變動。 Further, in another exposure apparatus of the present invention, the first slit of one end portion in the second direction is parallel to the first direction by the adjustment and movement of the mask in the second direction, and the first slit The first mask alignment mark is formed in parallel, and the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the diaphragm alignment mark becomes a predetermined reference value A, and the exposure position due to the meandering of the alignment film can be prevented. change. Further, by adjusting the movement of the mask in the first direction, the distance between the second slit of the other end portion in the second direction and the second mask alignment mark becomes a predetermined reference value B, thereby preventing The change in exposure position due to thermal expansion or thermal contraction of the alignment film.

其次,就本發明之第13實施形態加以說明。本實施形態之曝光裝置,包含:移動裝置,用以使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜於一方向移動;第1曝光單元,設置於該配向膜之移動區域,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜上,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部朝該一方向延伸,並在與該一方向垂直的方向上彼此隔著間隔;第2曝光單元,設置於在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側, 在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部係位於朝該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向之該第1曝光圖案的曝光部之相互間的區域檢查部,設置於該第1曝光單元及該第2曝光單元之間的該配向膜之移動區域,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;以及控制部,基於由該檢查部偵測到的第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制在該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 Next, a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The exposure apparatus according to the embodiment includes a moving device for moving the alignment film on which the alignment material film is formed on the film substrate in one direction, and the first exposure unit is disposed in the movement region of the alignment film. a first exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposed portions formed on the alignment film on the alignment film, wherein the plurality of strip-shaped exposed portions extend in the one direction and are perpendicular to the one direction The second exposure unit is disposed on the downstream side of the first exposure unit in the moving direction of the alignment film, and is spaced apart from each other; The alignment material film on the alignment film forms a second exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions, the plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions being located in the one direction and perpendicular to the one direction a region inspection portion between the exposure portions of the first exposure pattern in the direction of the movement of the alignment film between the first exposure unit and the second exposure unit for detecting the first exposure And a control unit that controls an exposure position of the second exposure pattern of the second exposure unit based on a position of the exposure unit of the first exposure pattern detected by the inspection unit.

此時,若將本發明之曝光裝置適用於FPR的製造方法,則該FPR的製造方法,於使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜沿一方向移動的同時,包含以下步驟:第1曝光步驟,藉由設置於該配向膜之移動區域之第1曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,組成該第1曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向上相互地隔著間隔;第2曝光步驟,藉由設置於位在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側的第2曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,組成該第2曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸,並位在與該一方向垂直的方向上該第1曝光圖案的曝光部相互間的區域;以及檢查步驟,於該第1曝光步驟及該第2曝光步驟之間,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;其中,基於以該檢查步驟偵測到之第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制該第2曝光步驟中利用該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 In this case, when the exposure apparatus of the present invention is applied to a method for producing an FPR, the method for producing the FPR includes the following steps while moving the alignment film on which the alignment material film is formed on the film substrate in one direction. a first exposure step of forming a first exposure unit composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions by forming a first exposure unit provided in a moving region of the alignment film, and forming an alignment film formed on the alignment film on the alignment film. The plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions of the first exposure pattern extend in the one direction and are spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the one direction; and the second exposure step is provided in the second exposure step a second exposure unit on the downstream side of the first exposure unit in the moving direction of the alignment film, wherein the alignment film on the alignment film forms a second exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions, and the second exposure unit is formed. a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions of the exposure pattern extending in the one direction and positioned in a direction perpendicular to the one direction of the exposed portions of the first exposure pattern; and an inspection step The first exposure And an exposure portion for detecting the first exposure pattern between the second exposure step; wherein the second exposure step is controlled based on a position of the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern detected by the inspection step The exposure position of the second exposure pattern of the second exposure unit is used.

圖37顯示關於本發明之第13實施形態的曝光裝置之圖式,圖38顯示在配向曝光膜310a上形成有曝光部之圖式。於表面被著有配向材料膜之配向膜310藉由移動裝置(未經圖示)輸送而來至背滾筒315,在捲繞於該背滾筒315後,從背滾筒315送出。然後,在配向膜310接觸背滾筒315而將其背面支撐於背滾筒315 之配向膜310的移動區域,在其最上游側,配置第1曝光單元320,而在其最下游側,配置第2曝光單元321,在該第1曝光單元320與第2曝光單元321之間的位置,配置有檢查部330。 Fig. 37 is a view showing an exposure apparatus according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 38 is a view showing an exposure portion formed on the alignment exposure film 310a. The alignment film 310 having the alignment material film on the surface thereof is transported to the back roller 315 by a moving device (not shown), and is wound from the back roller 315 and then sent out from the back roller 315. Then, the alignment film 310 contacts the back roller 315 to support the back surface thereof to the back roller 315. In the moving region of the alignment film 310, the first exposure unit 320 is disposed on the most upstream side thereof, and the second exposure unit 321 is disposed on the most downstream side thereof, and between the first exposure unit 320 and the second exposure unit 321 The location is configured with an inspection unit 330.

第1曝光單元320係具有,例如,將CW圓偏光之曝光光線朝向光罩323照射之曝光光源322,來自該曝光光源322之曝光光線,係經由光罩323照射到配向膜310上的配向材料膜。第2曝光單元321係具有,例如,將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線朝向光罩325照射之曝光光源324,來自該曝光光源324之曝光光線,係經由光罩325照射到配向膜310上的配向材料膜。光罩323、325,係如圖38所示,分別形成有於配向膜310之移動方向309延伸之細長的矩形之狹縫323a、325a。這些狹縫323a、325a的寬度,係一條掃描線分之寬度,狹縫323a、325a之相互間隔,亦具有一條掃描線分的寬度。然後,配置光罩323、325,以使光罩325之狹縫323a與光罩325之狹縫325a,對應於相互地鄰接之掃描線,為於與配向膜310之移動方向309垂直的方向,使狹縫323a、325a交互。從而,狹縫323a、325a之配列間距,對應FPR方式之3D液晶顯示裝置,相當於兩條掃描線分。 The first exposure unit 320 has, for example, an exposure light source 322 that irradiates the CW circularly polarized exposure light toward the mask 323, and the exposure light from the exposure light source 322 is irradiated onto the alignment film 310 via the mask 323. membrane. The second exposure unit 321 has, for example, an exposure light source 324 that irradiates the CCW circularly polarized light toward the mask 325, and the exposure light from the exposure light source 324 is irradiated onto the alignment film 310 via the mask 325. membrane. As shown in FIG. 38, the masks 323 and 325 are respectively formed with elongated rectangular slits 323a and 325a extending in the moving direction 309 of the alignment film 310. The widths of the slits 323a, 325a are the widths of one scanning line, and the slits 323a, 325a are spaced apart from each other and also have a width of one scanning line. Then, the masks 323 and 325 are disposed such that the slit 323a of the mask 325 and the slit 325a of the mask 325 correspond to mutually adjacent scanning lines in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309 of the alignment film 310. The slits 323a, 325a are made to interact. Therefore, the arrangement pitch of the slits 323a and 325a corresponds to two scanning line divisions of the FPR type 3D liquid crystal display device.

於背滾筒315,以其周面之約略半部(下半部)捲繞配向膜310,配向膜310之背面接觸到背滾筒315,同時,配向膜310之表面,亦即,配向材料膜係朝向外面。光罩323、325係面向配向材料膜而從配向膜310隔著若干之距離(200μm程度)而被設置,以使該光罩323、325之間挾著該背滾筒315而彼此相對,進而,於該光罩323、325的背後,設置有曝光光源322、324。藉此,於表面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜310,會接觸背滾筒315的周面,並以藉由配向膜310輸送時之若干的張力而拉伸皺褶的狀態下,受到背滾筒315的支撐。然後,藉由將配向膜310於移動方向309連續地輸送,並從曝光光源322、324連續地照射曝光光線,使得該曝光光線透射光罩323、325之狹縫323a、325a而照射到配向 膜310。 In the backing roller 315, the alignment film 310 is wound around a half (lower half) of the circumferential surface thereof, and the back surface of the alignment film 310 is in contact with the back roller 315, and at the same time, the surface of the alignment film 310, that is, the alignment material film system Heading out. The masks 323 and 325 are disposed facing the alignment material film and spaced apart from the alignment film 310 by a distance (about 200 μm) so that the masks 323 and 325 are opposed to each other with the back roller 315 therebetween. Exposure light sources 322, 324 are disposed behind the masks 323, 325. Thereby, the alignment film 310 coated with the alignment material film on the surface is in contact with the circumferential surface of the back roller 315, and is stretched by the tension when the alignment film 310 is conveyed, and is subjected to the back roller 315. Support. Then, by continuously transporting the alignment film 310 in the moving direction 309, and continuously exposing the exposure light from the exposure light sources 322, 324, the exposure light is transmitted through the slits 323a, 325a of the masks 323, 325 to illuminate the alignment. Film 310.

背滾筒315為將內部水冷之水冷滾筒,可繞其中心軸旋轉可能。然後,該背滾筒315可以自由地旋轉,並在配向膜310之移動的同時旋轉,以使其圓周速度與配向膜310之移動速度相同。 藉此,配向膜310以背滾筒315的周面不存在相對速度差之狀態獲得支撐。從而,防止施加適當的張力而輸送之配向膜310,在背滾筒315的周面上產生皺褶。 The back drum 315 is a water-cooled drum that cools the inside and is rotatable about its central axis. Then, the back roller 315 is freely rotatable and rotated while the alignment film 310 is moved so that its peripheral speed is the same as the moving speed of the alignment film 310. Thereby, the alignment film 310 is supported in a state where the circumferential surface of the back roller 315 does not have a relative speed difference. Thereby, the alignment film 310 which is conveyed by applying an appropriate tension is prevented from being wrinkled on the circumferential surface of the back roller 315.

來自曝光光源322之曝光光線,為CW圓偏光,來自曝光光源324之曝光光線,為CCW圓偏光。然後,如圖38所示,在配向膜310於移動方向309移動之期間,各曝光光線透射光罩323、325之狹縫323a、325a,而照射到配向膜310上的配向材料膜,對應狹縫323a之曝光部,例如,成為左眼用之CW圓偏光的曝光部301a,對應狹縫325a之曝光部,例如,成為右眼用之CCW圓偏光的曝光部301b。 The exposure light from the exposure light source 322 is CW circularly polarized light, and the exposure light from the exposure light source 324 is CCW circularly polarized light. Then, as shown in FIG. 38, during the movement of the alignment film 310 in the moving direction 309, the respective exposure light passes through the slits 323a, 325a of the masks 323, 325, and the alignment material film on the alignment film 310 is irradiated. The exposure portion of the slit 323a is, for example, an exposure portion 301a that is a CW circularly polarized light for the left eye, and an exposure portion 301b that is a CCW circularly polarized light for the right eye, for example, corresponding to the exposure portion of the slit 325a.

檢查部330,包含:攝相機331,設置於背滾筒315的上方,並將該偵測方向朝著正下方;半鏡334,設置於攝相機331的下方;直線偏光板332,進而設置於半鏡334的下方;以及檢查光線源333,對於半鏡334照射檢查用光。藉此,自來檢查光線源333之檢查光線,以半鏡334反射,並透射直線偏光板332而照射到背滾筒315上的配向膜310;在背滾筒315上反射之反射光,透射直線偏光板332,並經由半鏡334入射攝相機331。 The inspection unit 330 includes a camera 331 disposed above the back roller 315 and facing the detection direction directly downward. The half mirror 334 is disposed under the camera 331; the linear polarizing plate 332 is further disposed at half. Below the mirror 334; and inspection of the light source 333, the inspection light is illuminated for the half mirror 334. Thereby, the inspection light of the light source 333 is inspected by itself, reflected by the half mirror 334, and transmitted to the alignment film 310 on the back roller 315 by the linear polarizing plate 332; the reflected light reflected on the back roller 315 is transmitted linearly polarized. The plate 332 is incident on the camera 331 via the half mirror 334.

圖45(a)、(b)為說明本發明之原理的圖式,顯示由直線偏光板與λ/4板之組合的光之偏光狀態的示意圖。如圖45的上圖所示,從光源360射出之照明光,係藉由p偏光板361轉換為p偏光的光線。該p偏光的光線,藉由CW圓偏光板362,轉換為CW圓偏光的光線。該CW圓偏光的光線,藉由CW圓偏光板363, 轉換為s偏光的光線。另一方面,如圖45之下圖所示,從光源360射出之照明光,藉由p偏光板361轉換為p偏光的光線後,藉由CW圓偏光板362轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,之後,藉由CCW圓偏光板364,轉換為p偏光的光線。又,將配向膜310曝光後之配向曝光膜310a的第1曝光部301a,係具有將特定方向之直線偏光轉換為CW圓偏光的機能。亦即,可以定義CW圓偏光板與同等之光學軸。 45(a) and 45(b) are diagrams for explaining the principle of the present invention, showing a state of polarization of light by a combination of a linear polarizing plate and a λ/4 plate. As shown in the upper diagram of Fig. 45, the illumination light emitted from the light source 360 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 361. The p-polarized light is converted into CW circularly polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 362. The CW circularly polarized light is passed through a CW circular polarizing plate 363. Converted to s polarized light. On the other hand, as shown in the lower diagram of FIG. 45, the illumination light emitted from the light source 360 is converted into the p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 361, and then converted into the CW circularly polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 362. Thereafter, it is converted into p-polarized light by the CCW circular polarizing plate 364. Further, the first exposure portion 301a of the alignment exposure film 310a after the alignment film 310 is exposed has a function of converting linearly polarized light in a specific direction into CW circularly polarized light. That is, a CW circular polarizing plate and an equivalent optical axis can be defined.

亦即,如圖44(a)所示,在攝相機331與配向曝光膜310a之間,配置了CW圓偏光板336與其上方之s偏光板337時,從光源333射出之檢查光線,係藉由p偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,而入射到配向曝光膜310a。透射配向曝光膜310a的第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)之光線,係藉由CW圓偏光板336轉換為s偏光的光線,透射配向曝光膜310a的第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部(非偏光部)的光線,係藉由CW圓偏光板336轉換為CW圓偏光的光線。因此,透射配向曝光膜310a的CW圓偏光部之光線,透射s偏光板337,入射到攝相機331而作為明亮部受到偵測,另一方面,由於透射配向曝光膜310a的非曝光部之光線,無法透射s偏光板337,而不會入射到攝相機331,故作為暗部受到偵測。又,如圖44(b)所示,在攝相機331與配向曝光膜310a之間,配置了CCW圓偏光板338與其上方之p偏光板332時,透射配向曝光膜310a的第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)之光線,係藉由CCW圓偏光板338轉換為p偏光的光線;透射配向曝光膜310a的第1曝光部301a間的非曝光部(非偏光部)之光線,係藉由CCW圓偏光板338轉換為CCW圓偏光的光線。因此,透射配向曝光膜310a的CW圓偏光部之光線,透射p偏光板332,入射到攝相機331而作為明亮部受到偵測,另一方面,由於透射配向曝光膜310a的非曝光部之光線,無法透射p偏光板332,而不會入射至攝相機331,故作為暗部受到偵測。從而,藉由直線偏光板與λ/4板之組合,可以偵測配向曝光膜310a上之帶狀的曝光部。 That is, as shown in Fig. 44 (a), when the CW circular polarizing plate 336 and the upper s polarizing plate 337 are disposed between the camera 331 and the alignment exposure film 310a, the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is borrowed. The light which is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332 is incident on the alignment exposure film 310a. The light transmitted through the first exposure portion 301a (CW circular polarization portion) of the alignment exposure film 310a is converted into s-polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 336, and is non-exposed between the first exposure portions 301a of the transmission alignment film 310a. The light of the portion (non-polarized portion) is converted into CW circularly polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 336. Therefore, the light transmitted through the CW circular polarizing portion of the alignment exposure film 310a is transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337, and is incident on the camera 331 to be detected as a bright portion, and on the other hand, the light in the non-exposed portion of the transmission alignment film 310a is transmitted. The s polarizer 337 cannot be transmitted, and is not incident on the camera 331, so it is detected as a dark portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 44(b), when the CCW circular polarizing plate 338 and the p-polarizing plate 332 above it are disposed between the camera 331 and the alignment exposure film 310a, the first exposure portion 301a of the alignment exposure film 310a is transmitted. The light of the (CW circular polarizing portion) is converted into p-polarized light by the CCW circular polarizing plate 338, and the light of the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposed portions 301a of the visible exposure film 310a is borrowed. The CCW circular polarizing plate 338 converts light into CCW circularly polarized light. Therefore, the light transmitted through the CW circular polarizing portion of the alignment exposure film 310a is transmitted through the p-polarizing plate 332, is incident on the camera 331 and is detected as a bright portion, and on the other hand, is transmitted through the non-exposed portion of the alignment exposure film 310a. The p-polarized plate 332 cannot be transmitted, and is not incident on the camera 331, so it is detected as a dark portion. Therefore, the strip-shaped exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 310a can be detected by the combination of the linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 plate.

然而,本發明中,即使不使用這種組合了複數之直線偏光板與λ/4板的光學系,亦可偵測以第1曝光單元320形成之CW圓偏光的第1曝光部301a。亦即,從光源333射出之檢查光線,係藉由p偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,而入射到配向曝光膜310a。入射該配向曝光膜310a的光之中,入射第1曝光部301a的光線,係轉換為CW圓偏光的光線。該CW圓偏光的光線,以背滾筒315反射,而再度入射到第1曝光部301a,並與透射CW圓偏光板的場合相同,轉換為s偏光的光線。其後,雖然該s偏光的光線,再度入射p偏光板332,但是,無法透射p偏光板332,而在攝相機331作為暗部受到偵測。另一方面,入射配向曝光膜310a的光之中,由於入射到第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部(非偏光部)的光,保持p偏光的光線的狀態直接透射該非曝光部而以背滾筒315反射,並再度保持p偏光的光線的狀態直接透射非曝光部而透射p偏光板332,入射到攝相機331,故攝相機331將其作為明亮部偵測。從而,透射第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)之檢查光線,在攝相機331作為暗部受到偵測,透射第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部的檢查光線,在攝相機331作為明亮部受到偵測。 However, in the present invention, the first exposure portion 301a of the CW circularly polarized light formed by the first exposure unit 320 can be detected without using such an optical system in which a plurality of linear polarizing plates and a λ/4 plate are combined. In other words, the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is converted into the p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332, and is incident on the alignment exposure film 310a. Among the light incident on the alignment exposure film 310a, the light incident on the first exposure portion 301a is converted into a CW circularly polarized light. The CW circularly polarized light is reflected by the back roller 315, and is again incident on the first exposure portion 301a, and is converted into s-polarized light as in the case of transmitting the CW circular polarizing plate. Thereafter, although the light of the s-polarized light is again incident on the p-polarized plate 332, the p-polarized plate 332 is not transmitted, and the camera 331 is detected as a dark portion. On the other hand, among the light incident on the alignment exposure film 310a, the light that is incident on the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposure portions 301a is directly transmitted through the non-exposed portion while the light of the p-polarized light is held. The state in which the roller 315 is reflected and the p-polarized light is again transmitted is transmitted through the non-exposed portion and transmitted through the p-polarizing plate 332, and is incident on the camera 331, so that the camera 331 detects it as a bright portion. Therefore, the inspection light transmitted through the first exposure portion 301a (CW circular polarization portion) is detected as a dark portion in the camera 331, and the inspection light transmitted through the non-exposed portion between the first exposure portions 301a is transmitted to the camera 331 as a bright portion. Being detected.

藉此,以檢查部330,偵測以第1曝光單元320形成之第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)的位置(寬度及間隔)。在此,控制部(未經圖示),係基於該第1曝光部301a的位置(寬度以及間隔)之偵測結果,控制在第2曝光單元321之曝光。具體而言,調節與位在第2曝光單元321之第2光罩325的配向膜310之輸送方向垂直方向的位置,以使得:要以第2曝光單元321形成之第2曝光部301b與第1曝光部301a的邊界不重疊,並使得:第1曝光部301a與第2曝光部301b之間不產生間隙。 Thereby, the inspection unit 330 detects the position (width and interval) of the first exposure unit 301a (CW circular polarization unit) formed by the first exposure unit 320. Here, the control unit (not shown) controls the exposure of the second exposure unit 321 based on the detection result of the position (width and interval) of the first exposure unit 301a. Specifically, the position in the direction perpendicular to the transport direction of the alignment film 310 of the second mask 325 of the second exposure unit 321 is adjusted so that the second exposure unit 301b and the second exposure unit 321 are formed. The boundary of the exposure portion 301a is not overlapped, and a gap is not formed between the first exposure portion 301a and the second exposure portion 301b.

又,在因配向膜310的膨脹或是縮小等,第1曝光部301a之寬度的大小,比規定值擴大或是縮小之場合,由於僅藉由第2光 罩325之位置的調節,無法使第1曝光部301a與第2曝光部301b不重疊,而不生成間隙,故如後述般,有必要擴大或縮小第2曝光部301b。 Further, when the size of the width of the first exposure portion 301a is larger or smaller than a predetermined value due to expansion or contraction of the alignment film 310, etc., only the second light is used. The adjustment of the position of the cover 325 does not allow the first exposure unit 301a and the second exposure unit 301b to overlap without forming a gap. Therefore, it is necessary to enlarge or reduce the second exposure unit 301b as will be described later.

其次,就上述之本發明的第13實施形態之動作加以說明。以第1曝光單元320,例如,形成左眼用之CW圓偏光的第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)。形成有該第1曝光部301a之配向膜310,係於背滾筒315之旋轉的同時來到檢查部330,並於攝相機331偵測第1曝光部301a的位置(寬度及間隔)。如此,控制部,基於該偵測結果,判斷第1曝光部301a是否形成於既定之設計位置,並在第1曝光部301a之位置,從既定之設計位置偏離時,與其配合,控制第2曝光單元321,以調整第2曝光單元321之第2光罩325的位置,並從初期設定值變更第2曝光部301b之形成位置,以使第1曝光部301a與第2曝光部301b不重疊,且不形成非曝光部。 Next, the operation of the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention described above will be described. The first exposure unit 320 forms, for example, a first exposure unit 301a (CW circular polarization unit) for CW circularly polarized light for the left eye. The alignment film 310 on which the first exposure unit 301a is formed comes to the inspection unit 330 while rotating the back roller 315, and detects the position (width and interval) of the first exposure unit 301a in the camera 331. In this way, the control unit determines whether or not the first exposure unit 301a is formed at a predetermined design position based on the detection result, and controls the second exposure when the position of the first exposure unit 301a deviates from a predetermined design position. The unit 321 adjusts the position of the second mask 325 of the second exposure unit 321 and changes the position of the second exposure unit 301b from the initial setting value so that the first exposure unit 301a and the second exposure unit 301b do not overlap. And no non-exposure portion is formed.

由於如以上之操作,以檢查部330,偵測第1曝光部301a的位置(寬度及間隔),故以第2曝光單元321,可以配合以第1曝光單元320實際地形成之第1曝光部301a的狀態而控制曝光,並形成第2曝光部301b。 By the above operation, the inspection unit 330 detects the position (width and interval) of the first exposure unit 301a. Therefore, the second exposure unit 321 can be combined with the first exposure unit actually formed by the first exposure unit 320. The exposure is controlled in the state of 301a, and the second exposure unit 301b is formed.

其次,就本實施形態之變形例,參照圖39,加以說明。本變形例中,從光源333射出之檢查光線的光軸,與以攝相機331偵測之反射光的光軸,係以背滾筒315的表面交叉,並在檢查光線透射配向膜310後,以背滾筒315的表面反射,而反射光係攝相機331受到偵測。從光源333射出之檢查光線係藉由p偏光板332變為p偏光的光線,來自背滾筒315之反射光中,透射s偏光板337之光線入射到攝相機331。 Next, a modification of this embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 39. In the present modification, the optical axis of the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 intersects the surface of the back roller 315 with the optical axis of the reflected light detected by the camera 331, and after the inspection light is transmitted through the alignment film 310, The surface of the back roller 315 is reflected, and the reflected light is captured by the camera 331. The inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332, and the light transmitted from the back roller 315 is incident on the camera 331.

這般構成之曝光裝置中,從光源333射出之檢查光線,藉由p 偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,入射至配向膜310。入射到該配向膜310的光線之中,入射第1曝光部301a之光線轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,以背滾筒315反射,並再度,入射到配向膜310之第1曝光部301a,而轉換為s偏光的光線,透射s偏光板而於攝相機331作為明亮部受到偵測。另一方面,入射配向膜310的光線之中,入射第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部(非偏光部)的光線,係維持p偏光之光線的狀態直接透射該非曝光部,而以背滾筒315反射,並再度,維持p偏光之光線的狀態直接透射該非曝光部,無法透射s偏光板37,攝相機331係將非曝光部作為暗部偵測。從而,由於透射第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)之檢查光線,係於攝相機331作為明亮部受到偵測,而透射第1曝光部301a間的非曝光部之檢查光線,係以攝相機331作為暗部受到偵測,故可以檢測第1曝光部301a的位置(寬度及間隔)。 In the exposure apparatus configured as above, the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is performed by p The polarizing plate 332 is converted into p-polarized light and is incident on the alignment film 310. Among the light rays incident on the alignment film 310, the light incident on the first exposure portion 301a is converted into CW circularly polarized light, reflected by the back roller 315, and again incident on the first exposure portion 301a of the alignment film 310, thereby being converted. The light that is s polarized light is transmitted through the s polarizing plate and is detected as a bright portion in the camera 331. On the other hand, among the light rays incident on the alignment film 310, the light incident on the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposure portions 301a is directly transmitted through the non-exposed portion while maintaining the light of the p-polarized light, and the back roller is used. 315 reflects, and again, the state in which the light of the p-polarized light is maintained is directly transmitted through the non-exposed portion, and the s-polarized plate 37 is not transmitted, and the camera 331 detects the non-exposed portion as a dark portion. Therefore, the inspection light transmitted through the first exposure unit 301a (CW circular polarization unit) is detected by the camera 331 as a bright portion, and the inspection light transmitted through the non-exposure portion between the first exposure units 301a is taken. Since the camera 331 is detected as a dark portion, the position (width and interval) of the first exposure portion 301a can be detected.

其次,就本發明之第14實施形態,參照圖40,而具體地說明。本實施形態為,於背滾筒315內,組裝有檢查部330之檢查光線源333者。於背滾筒315,在其周面,形成有於滾筒軸方向延伸之溝317,於該溝317內,配置有於滾筒軸方向延伸之棒狀的檢查用照明光源333。進而,於該溝317內,在該光源333的上方,配置有於滾筒軸方向延伸之p偏光板332。配向膜310係與第1實施形態相同,捲繞於背滾筒315,與背滾筒315之旋轉一同移動,在該背滾筒315之滾筒軸的正上區域,配置有檢測檢查光線之檢查用攝相機331。該檢查用攝相機331,係於背滾筒315之軸方向延伸的直線感測器,或為在背滾筒315之軸方向的横長之矩形的平面區域偵測光的區域感測器。然後,在該檢查用攝相機331與配向膜310之間,係配置有CW圓偏光板336與其上方之s偏光板337。背滾筒315,係與第1實施形態相同,藉由可以繞其軸自由地旋轉,配向膜310捲繞於背滾筒315而移動,背滾筒315係於其圓周速度與配向膜310的移動速度相同之狀態下旋轉。然後,在背滾筒315之溝317回轉而來到滾筒上端時,光源333與攝相機331 係對向於鉛直之光軸上。 Next, a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Fig. 40. In the present embodiment, the inspection light source 333 of the inspection unit 330 is incorporated in the back roller 315. A groove 317 extending in the drum axial direction is formed on the circumferential surface of the back roller 315, and a rod-shaped inspection illumination light source 333 extending in the drum axial direction is disposed in the groove 317. Further, in the groove 317, a p-polarized plate 332 extending in the drum axial direction is disposed above the light source 333. In the same manner as in the first embodiment, the alignment film 310 is wound around the back roller 315 and moved together with the rotation of the back roller 315, and an inspection camera for detecting the inspection light is disposed in the upper region of the roller shaft of the back roller 315. 331. The inspection camera 331 is a linear sensor extending in the axial direction of the back roller 315 or a region sensor for detecting light in a rectangular planar area of the horizontal direction of the back roller 315. Then, between the inspection camera 331 and the alignment film 310, a CW circular polarizing plate 336 and an s polarizing plate 337 above it are disposed. The back roller 315 is similar to the first embodiment, and is rotatably rotatable about its axis, and the alignment film 310 is wound around the back roller 315 to move, and the back roller 315 is at the same circumferential speed as the moving speed of the alignment film 310. Rotate in the state. Then, when the groove 317 of the back roller 315 is rotated to reach the upper end of the drum, the light source 333 and the camera 331 It is aligned on the vertical axis of the light.

本實施形態之檢查部330中,當溝317回轉而來到最上端時,亦即,溝317內之光源333對向於攝相機331時,從光源333射出之檢查光線,透射p偏光板332,進而透射配向膜310,進而,透射CW圓偏光板336,而透射s偏光板337後,入射攝相機331。然後,來自光源333之檢查光線,藉由p偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,入射至配向膜310。入射該配向膜310之光線,入射第1曝光部301a的光線轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,藉由CW圓偏光板336,轉換為s偏光,之後,而透射s偏光板337,並於攝相機331被偵測為明亮部。另一方面,入射配向膜310之光線中,入射第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部(非偏光部)的光線,無法將該非曝光部保持p偏光的光線之狀態而透射,藉由CW圓偏光板336轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,而透射s偏光板337,並於攝相機331被偵測為暗部。從而,由於透射第1曝光部301a(CW圓偏光部)之檢查光線,於攝相機331被偵測為明亮部,而透射第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部的檢查光線,於攝相機331被偵測為暗部,故可以偵測第1曝光部301a的位置(寬度及間隔)。從而,本實施形態能與第1實施形態發揮相同的效果。 In the inspection unit 330 of the present embodiment, when the groove 317 is rotated to the uppermost end, that is, when the light source 333 in the groove 317 faces the camera 331, the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is transmitted through the p-polarized plate 332. Further, the alignment film 310 is transmitted, and further, the CW circular polarizing plate 336 is transmitted, and transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337, and then incident on the camera 331. Then, the inspection light from the light source 333 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332, and is incident on the alignment film 310. The light incident on the alignment film 310, the light incident on the first exposure portion 301a is converted into CW circularly polarized light, converted into s-polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 336, and then transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337 and applied to the camera. 331 is detected as a bright part. On the other hand, among the light rays incident on the alignment film 310, the light incident on the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposure portions 301a cannot be transmitted through the state in which the non-exposed portion is kept in the p-polarized light, and is transmitted by the CW circle. The polarizing plate 336 is converted into CW circularly polarized light, and transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337, and is detected as a dark portion in the camera 331. Therefore, the inspection light rays transmitted through the first exposure unit 301a (CW circular polarization unit) are detected as bright portions in the camera 331, and the inspection light transmitted through the non-exposure portions between the first exposure portions 301a is applied to the camera 331. Since it is detected as a dark portion, the position (width and interval) of the first exposure portion 301a can be detected. Therefore, this embodiment can exhibit the same effects as the first embodiment.

又,在CW圓偏光板336的位置配置了CCW圓偏光板338時,透射第1曝光部301a及CCW圓偏光板338之檢查光線,係轉換為p偏光的光線,無法透射s偏光板337。從而,攝相機331係將第1曝光部301a作為暗部偵測。如此,由於透射第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部(非偏光部)的光線,係以攝相機331作為暗部偵測,故無法區別第1曝光部301a與非曝光部。因此,CCW圓偏光板338之場合,係如圖44(b)所示,有必要取代s偏光板337,而改為使用p偏光板332。藉此,攝相機331係將第1曝光部301a作為明亮部偵測。 When the CCW circular polarizing plate 338 is disposed at the position of the CW circular polarizing plate 336, the inspection light transmitted through the first exposure portion 301a and the CCW circular polarizing plate 338 is converted into p-polarized light, and cannot be transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337. Therefore, the camera 331 detects the first exposure unit 301a as a dark portion. As described above, since the light transmitted through the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposure portions 301a is detected by the camera 331 as the dark portion, the first exposure portion 301a and the non-exposure portion cannot be distinguished. Therefore, in the case of the CCW circular polarizing plate 338, as shown in Fig. 44 (b), it is necessary to use the p-polarizing plate 332 instead of the s polarizing plate 337. Thereby, the camera 331 detects the first exposure unit 301a as a bright portion.

又,由於本實施形態之背滾筒315中,存在溝317,故配向膜310係越過該溝317而移動。因此,為了在高精度下固定配向膜310之攝相機331的光軸方向之位置,可於溝317的上部,以頂面為與背滾筒315相同曲率半徑,設置彎曲之玻璃製的蓋,以使背滾筒315之全周作為均一的圓周面。 Further, since the groove 317 is present in the back roll 315 of the present embodiment, the alignment film 310 moves over the groove 317. Therefore, in order to fix the position of the camera 331 in the optical axis direction of the alignment film 310 with high precision, a curved glass cover can be provided on the upper portion of the groove 317 with the same radius of curvature as the top surface of the back roller 315. The entire circumference of the back drum 315 is made to be a uniform circumferential surface.

其次,參照圖41(a)、(b),就圖40之第14實施形態的變形例加以說明。本變形例中,背滾筒340之構造係與圖40之背滾筒315不同。本變形例之背滾筒340,係從幾近呈圓柱狀的芯部342,與嵌合該芯部342之圓筒狀的表面部341所構成。雖然芯部342不旋轉,但表面部341係與芯部342同軸地設置,可以將該軸作為旋轉軸而旋轉。表面部341係與背滾筒315相同,藉由配向膜310的轉動驅動而旋轉。該表面部341係以,例如,如玻璃或丙烯醛基(acryl,俗稱壓克力)之透明材料成形。在芯部342上端部形成有在芯部342的軸方向延伸之溝343,於該溝343內設置有光源333與p偏光板332。本變形例之曝光動作,係與如圖40所示之第14實施形態的曝光動作相同,但是,本變形例中,由於光源333及p偏光板332不移動,故具有可以持續檢查並監視橫越結含光源333及攝相機331之光軸上的配向膜310之曝光狀態的優點。 Next, a modification of the fourteenth embodiment of Fig. 40 will be described with reference to Figs. 41(a) and 41(b). In the present modification, the structure of the back roller 340 is different from that of the back roller 315 of FIG. The back roller 340 of the present modification is composed of a substantially cylindrical core portion 342 and a cylindrical surface portion 341 in which the core portion 342 is fitted. Although the core portion 342 does not rotate, the surface portion 341 is disposed coaxially with the core portion 342, and the shaft can be rotated as a rotation axis. The surface portion 341 is the same as the back roller 315, and is rotated by the rotational driving of the alignment film 310. The surface portion 341 is formed of, for example, a transparent material such as glass or acryl (acrylic). A groove 343 extending in the axial direction of the core portion 342 is formed at an upper end portion of the core portion 342, and a light source 333 and a p-polarizing plate 332 are disposed in the groove 343. The exposure operation of the present modification is the same as the exposure operation of the fourteenth embodiment shown in FIG. 40. However, in the present modification, since the light source 333 and the p-polarized plate 332 do not move, it is possible to continuously check and monitor the horizontal direction. The advantage of the exposure state of the alignment film 310 on the optical axis of the light source 333 and the camera 331 is eliminated.

其次,參照圖42,就本發明之第15實施形態加以說明。本實施形態,係將配向膜310藉由滾筒311於一方向上輸送,於該配向膜310的移動區域,第1曝光單元320,依此順序配置檢查部330以及第2曝光單元321。又,檢查部330包含:攝相機331,與在水平方向移動之配向膜310對向而設置;s偏光板337,設置於該攝相機331與配向膜310之間,攝相機331的光軸上;半鏡334,設置於s偏光板337的下方;反射板341,設置於攝相機331的光軸上,配向膜310的下方;光源333,經由半鏡334,與攝相機331的光軸同軸地,將檢查光線照射到配向膜310;以及p偏光板332,設置於光源333與半鏡334之間。 Next, a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Fig. 42. In the present embodiment, the alignment film 310 is transported in one direction by the roller 311, and in the moving region of the alignment film 310, the first exposure unit 320 is disposed in this order, and the inspection unit 330 and the second exposure unit 321 are arranged in this order. Further, the inspection unit 330 includes a camera 331 that is disposed opposite to the alignment film 310 that moves in the horizontal direction, and an s polarizer 337 that is disposed between the camera 331 and the alignment film 310 on the optical axis of the camera 331. The half mirror 334 is disposed under the s polarizing plate 337; the reflecting plate 341 is disposed on the optical axis of the camera 331 and below the alignment film 310; and the light source 333 is coaxial with the optical axis of the camera 331 via the half mirror 334. The inspection light is irradiated onto the alignment film 310; and the p-polarization plate 332 is disposed between the light source 333 and the half mirror 334.

藉此,以第1曝光單元320形成有CW圓偏光之第1曝光部301a的配向膜310,向檢查部330移動而來。然後,來自光源333之檢查光線,藉由p偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,並經由半鏡334入射到配向膜310。入射該配向膜310的光之中,入射第1曝光部301a的光線,轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,以反射板341反射後,再度入射第1曝光部301a,轉換為s偏光的光線,透射半鏡334,透射s偏光板337,於攝相機331作為明亮部受到偵測。另一方面,入射配向膜310的光之中,由於入射第1曝光部301a間的非曝光部(非偏光部)之光,維持p偏光的光線之狀態直接透射該非曝光部,以反射板341反射而入射到s偏光板336,故無法透射s偏光板336,於攝相機331作為暗部受到偵測。從而,本實施形態亦可以發揮與第13實施形態及第14實施形態相同的效果。 Thereby, the alignment film 310 of the first exposure portion 301a having the CW circularly polarized light is formed by the first exposure unit 320, and is moved to the inspection unit 330. Then, the inspection light from the light source 333 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332, and incident on the alignment film 310 via the half mirror 334. Among the light incident on the alignment film 310, the light incident on the first exposure portion 301a is converted into a CW circularly polarized light, reflected by the reflection plate 341, and then incident on the first exposure portion 301a, converted into s-polarized light, and transmitted. The half mirror 334 transmits the s polarizing plate 337 and is detected as a bright portion on the camera 331. On the other hand, among the light incident on the alignment film 310, the light that is incident on the non-exposed portion (non-polarized portion) between the first exposure portions 301a maintains the state of the light of the p-polarized light and is directly transmitted through the non-exposed portion to the reflection plate 341. Since it is reflected and incident on the s-polarized plate 336, it is not transmitted through the s-polarized plate 336, and is detected as a dark portion in the camera 331. Therefore, the present embodiment can also exhibit the same effects as those of the thirteenth embodiment and the fourteenth embodiment.

其次,參照圖43,就本發明之第16實施形態加以說明。本實施形態於配向膜310的下方設置檢查用光源333。本實施形態中,於攝相機331與配向膜310之間,設置有CW圓偏光板336與s偏光板337。然後,於光源333與配向膜310之間設置有p偏光板332,從光源333射出之檢查光線藉由p偏光板332轉換為p偏光的光線,而入射配向膜310。入射配向膜310的光之中,透射第1曝光部301a的光,轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,藉由CW圓偏光板336,轉換為s偏光的光線,透射s偏光板337,並於攝相機331作為明亮部而受到偵測。另一方面,由於入射到第1曝光部301a間之非曝光部的光線,維持p偏光的光線之狀態直接透射該非曝光部,並藉由CW圓偏光板336,轉換為CW圓偏光的光線,入射到s偏光板337,故於攝相機331作為暗部受到偵測。從而,本實施形態亦可發揮與第13至第15實施形態相同的效果。 Next, a sixteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Fig. 43. In the present embodiment, an inspection light source 333 is provided below the alignment film 310. In the present embodiment, a CW circular polarizing plate 336 and an s polarizing plate 337 are provided between the camera 331 and the alignment film 310. Then, a p-polarized plate 332 is disposed between the light source 333 and the alignment film 310, and the inspection light emitted from the light source 333 is converted into p-polarized light by the p-polarized plate 332, and is incident on the alignment film 310. Among the light incident on the alignment film 310, the light transmitted through the first exposure portion 301a is converted into a CW circularly polarized light, converted into s-polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 336, and transmitted through the s polarizing plate 337. The camera 331 is detected as a bright portion. On the other hand, due to the light incident on the non-exposed portion between the first exposure portions 301a, the state of the light that maintains the p-polarized light is directly transmitted through the non-exposed portion, and is converted into the CW circularly polarized light by the CW circular polarizing plate 336, It is incident on the s polarizing plate 337, so that the camera 331 is detected as a dark portion. Therefore, this embodiment can also exhibit the same effects as those of the thirteenth to fifteenth embodiments.

又,在發生配向膜310之膨脹或收縮或是配向膜310之曲折行進,使形成於第1曝光單元320之第1曝光部1a的位置(寬度及 間隔)與大小,超出預定的設計值時,最好亦考量在第2曝光單元321之第2曝光部301b的形成,以及這些第1曝光部301a之大小等的變動。 Further, the expansion or contraction of the alignment film 310 or the meandering of the alignment film 310 occurs, and the position (width and width) of the first exposure portion 1a formed in the first exposure unit 320 is formed. When the interval and the size exceed a predetermined design value, it is preferable to consider the formation of the second exposure unit 301b of the second exposure unit 321 and the fluctuation of the size of the first exposure unit 301a.

圖46為顯示考量了上述配向膜310之膨脹等的因素時之第2曝光單元321的光罩325之圖式。圖46(a)為顯示該光罩325之俯視圖,圖46(b)為顯示開口板326之俯視圖。 FIG. 46 is a view showing the mask 325 of the second exposure unit 321 when the factors such as the expansion of the alignment film 310 are considered. Fig. 46 (a) is a plan view showing the mask 325, and Fig. 46 (b) is a plan view showing the opening plate 326.

如圖46(a)所示,光罩325,例如,在以設置於透明板上之遮光性材料所構成的底部302a,於與配向膜310四移動方向309垂直之方向上配列複數條狹縫302b;設置各狹縫302b,以使其寬度於長邊方向線性地變化,狹縫間的間隔在與移動方向309垂直的方向上與狹縫的寬度相同。亦即,在如圖46(a)所示之光罩325,各狹縫302b的寬度,係設置為最上部最狹窄,沿狹縫之長邊方向愈往下方去,則變寬廣。然後,各狹縫302b,傾斜移動方向309而延伸。該狹縫302b之傾斜,在與移動方向309垂直的方向上,光罩325之側面部側之傾斜係比中央之傾斜大,例如在移動方向309之各狹縫302b的長度定為300mm時,光罩325之最側面部側的狹縫之緣部,係設置為在移動方向309之端部間,與移動方向309垂直之方向上,以約500μm偏倚。 As shown in FIG. 46(a), the photomask 325 is provided with a plurality of slits in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309 of the alignment film 310, for example, on the bottom portion 302a formed of a light-shielding material provided on the transparent plate. 302b; each slit 302b is provided such that its width linearly changes in the longitudinal direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. That is, in the mask 325 shown in Fig. 46 (a), the width of each slit 302b is set to be the narrowest at the uppermost portion, and becomes wider as it goes downward in the longitudinal direction of the slit. Then, each slit 302b extends in the oblique movement direction 309. The inclination of the slit 302b is inclined in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309, and the inclination of the side surface side of the mask 325 is larger than the inclination of the center. For example, when the length of each slit 302b in the moving direction 309 is set to 300 mm, The edge of the slit on the most side surface side of the mask 325 is set to be biased by about 500 μm in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309 between the end portions in the moving direction 309.

於光罩325之側面部,例如藉由對準標示器(未經圖示)偵測於配向膜310的側面部形成之膜片對準記號301c(參照圖48)用之觀察窗302d,係以與例如在移動方向309之狹縫302b的長度同程度之長度設置。又,圖48所示之膜片對準記號301c,係表示透過觀察窗302d觀察之狀態者。然後,於觀察窗302d,設置有光罩對準記號302e以對於移動方向309傾斜。該光罩對準記號302e係線狀之標記,其平行於位在例如與移動方向309垂直之方向上的兩端部之狹縫302b的側緣。在光罩325的上方,設置攝相機(未經圖示),藉由該攝相機,可以偵測光罩對準記號302e,並經由觀察窗 302d,偵測配向膜310上之膜片對準記號301c。 The observation window 302d for the diaphragm alignment mark 301c (refer to FIG. 48) formed on the side surface portion of the alignment film 310 is detected by the alignment marker (not shown) on the side surface portion of the mask 325. It is disposed to the same extent as the length of the slit 302b in the moving direction 309, for example. Further, the diaphragm alignment mark 301c shown in Fig. 48 indicates the state observed through the observation window 302d. Then, in the observation window 302d, a mask alignment mark 302e is provided to be inclined with respect to the moving direction 309. The reticle alignment mark 302e is a linear mark which is parallel to the side edge of the slit 302b which is located at both end portions in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309, for example. Above the reticle 325, a camera (not shown) is provided, by which the reticle alignment mark 302e can be detected and passed through the observation window. 302d, detecting the diaphragm alignment mark 301c on the alignment film 310.

開口板326為例如SUS製之遮光性板材,如圖46(b)所示,在其底部303a的中央,設置有寬度為例如20至30mm的開口303b,以於一方向延伸。然後,該開口303b的長邊方向,垂直移動方向309,配置於光源324與光罩325之間。從而,從光源324射出之曝光光線,藉由開口板326遮光其一部分,僅透射開口板326之開口303b的曝光光線照射到光罩325。從而,藉由以控制部(未經圖示),控制在移動方向309之光罩325與開口板326之相對位置,曝光光線的帶狀之照射位置相對光罩325沿移動方向309移動,透射光罩325的狹縫302b而照射到配向膜310上之曝光光線的照射位置,於移動方向309上移動的同時,曝光光線照射區域的寬度會變化。 The opening plate 326 is, for example, a opaque plate made of SUS. As shown in Fig. 46 (b), an opening 303b having a width of, for example, 20 to 30 mm is provided in the center of the bottom portion 303a to extend in one direction. Then, the longitudinal direction of the opening 303b and the vertical movement direction 309 are disposed between the light source 324 and the photomask 325. Therefore, the exposure light emitted from the light source 324 is shielded from light by a portion of the aperture 326, and only the exposure light transmitted through the opening 303b of the aperture plate 326 is irradiated to the mask 325. Therefore, by controlling the relative position of the mask 325 and the opening plate 326 in the moving direction 309 by the control unit (not shown), the strip-shaped irradiation position of the exposure light moves relative to the mask 325 in the moving direction 309, and transmits The slit 302b of the mask 325 is irradiated onto the irradiation position of the exposure light on the alignment film 310, and moves in the moving direction 309, and the width of the exposure light irradiation region changes.

光罩325,係如圖47所示,藉由例如致動器等(未經圖示),可以對於開口板326,相對地於移動方向309上移動,在開口板326與光罩325之移動方向309的相對位置,藉由不圖示之控制部加以控制。然後,藉由該控制部,為使光罩對準記號302e與膜片對準記號301c之位置關係成為既定關係,在移動方向309上之光罩325與開口板326之相對位置係例如以下述般受到控制。 The mask 325, as shown in FIG. 47, can be moved relative to the opening plate 326 in the moving direction 309 by the actuator or the like (not shown), and the movement of the opening plate 326 and the mask 325 is performed. The relative position of the direction 309 is controlled by a control unit (not shown). Then, the control unit has a predetermined relationship between the positional relationship between the mask alignment mark 302e and the diaphragm alignment mark 301c, and the relative position of the mask 325 and the opening plate 326 in the moving direction 309 is, for example, as follows. Generally controlled.

亦即,如上所述,本實施形態中,設置於光罩325之複數條狹縫302b,係傾斜於移動方向309而延伸,又,設置各狹縫302b的寬度,以使其沿移動方向309線性地變化,狹縫間的間隔在從與移動方向309垂直的方向觀察時係與狹縫的寬度相同。從而,如圖47(a)及圖47(b)所示,若光罩325對於開口板326相對地於移動方向309移動,則伴隨之,透射開口板326的開口303b而照射到光罩325之曝光光線的照射位置亦於移動方向309移動,透射狹縫302b而照射到配向膜310上的曝光光線之照射區域的寬度會變化。藉此,即使由於例如曝光時的高溫等,配向膜310產生了 膨脹的場合,亦可對應於變形後之配向膜310的寬度,調節形成於配向曝光膜310a上之帶狀的曝光部(偏光部)之寬度。 That is, as described above, in the present embodiment, the plurality of slits 302b provided in the mask 325 extend obliquely in the moving direction 309, and the width of each slit 302b is set so as to be along the moving direction 309. Linearly varying, the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 47(a) and 47(b), when the mask 325 is moved relative to the opening plate 326 in the moving direction 309, the opening 303b of the opening plate 326 is transmitted to the mask 325. The irradiation position of the exposure light also moves in the moving direction 309, and the width of the irradiation region of the exposure light that is transmitted through the slit 302b and irradiated onto the alignment film 310 changes. Thereby, the alignment film 310 is generated even by, for example, a high temperature at the time of exposure or the like. In the case of expansion, the width of the strip-shaped exposure portion (polarizing portion) formed on the alignment exposure film 310a may be adjusted in accordance with the width of the deformed alignment film 310.

本實施形態中,如圖48所示,控制部使光罩325沿移動方向309移動,以使:例如,藉由攝相機偵測之光罩對準記號302e與膜片對準記號301c,於與移動方向309垂直之方向上,隔離一定的距離(例如10mm)。藉此,即使配向膜310在其寬度方向產生了膨脹時,亦可以基於配向膜310之寬度方向的伸長量,調節配向曝光膜310a上之曝光部的寬度。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, the control unit moves the mask 325 in the moving direction 309 so that, for example, the mask alignment mark 302e and the diaphragm alignment mark 301c are detected by the camera. A certain distance (for example, 10 mm) is isolated in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. Thereby, even if the alignment film 310 is expanded in the width direction thereof, the width of the exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 310a can be adjusted based on the elongation amount in the width direction of the alignment film 310.

圖48(a)為顯示配向膜310未於寬度方向上變形之狀態的圖式,圖48(b)為顯示配向膜310於寬度方向產生了膨脹之狀態的圖式。此圖12中,符號371,表示藉由攝相機之偵測區域,例如在該偵測區域371之移動方向309的寬度,係與開口板326之開口303b相同的寬度,攝相機係將膜片對準記號301c及光罩對準記號302e,以並列於開口303b之移動方向309的位置加以偵測。如圖48(a)所示,在配向膜310未於其寬度方向上變形之場合,在偵測區域371之膜片對準記號301c與光罩對準記號302e之距離,為例如10mm。在此,配向膜310例如由於曝光時之加熱,於其寬度方向上產生了膨脹時,如圖48(b)所示,膜片對準記號301c的位置,在觀察窗302d內,朝外側(圖48中左側)移動,對於光罩對準記號302e之距離變大。 Fig. 48 (a) is a view showing a state in which the alignment film 310 is not deformed in the width direction, and Fig. 48 (b) is a view showing a state in which the alignment film 310 is expanded in the width direction. In FIG. 12, reference numeral 371 indicates that the detection area of the camera, for example, the width of the movement direction 309 of the detection area 371 is the same width as the opening 303b of the aperture plate 326, and the camera system will have a diaphragm. The alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e are detected in a position juxtaposed in the moving direction 309 of the opening 303b. As shown in Fig. 48 (a), when the alignment film 310 is not deformed in the width direction, the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c of the detection area 371 and the mask alignment mark 302e is, for example, 10 mm. Here, the alignment film 310 is expanded in the width direction thereof due to, for example, heating during exposure, as shown in FIG. 48(b), the position of the diaphragm alignment mark 301c is in the observation window 302d, facing outward ( Moving in the left side in Fig. 48, the distance to the reticle alignment mark 302e becomes larger.

在第1曝光單元320,於配向膜310未發生膨脹,依既定的設計值形成第1曝光部301a後,藉由第2曝光單元321,如上述般,於配向膜310產生了膨脹時,若在該狀態下,藉由第2曝光單元321,依既定的設計值曝光第2曝光部301b,則第1曝光部301a與第2曝光部301b之間會產生偏離,成為顯示不良的原因。換句話說,在配向膜310到達第2曝光單元321時,由於帶狀之第1曝光部301a的寬度及間隔,因配向膜310之膨脹而變大,故若以 第2曝光單元321依設計值形成第2曝光部301b,第1曝光部301a與第2曝光部301b會重疊,或是生成間隙而造成未曝光部產生。 In the first exposure unit 320, when the alignment film 310 is not expanded, and the first exposure unit 301a is formed according to a predetermined design value, the second exposure unit 321 is expanded as described above in the alignment film 310. In this state, when the second exposure unit 321b is exposed to the predetermined design value by the second exposure unit 321, the first exposure unit 301a and the second exposure unit 301b are deviated, which causes display failure. In other words, when the alignment film 310 reaches the second exposure unit 321, the width and the interval of the strip-shaped first exposure portion 301a become larger due to the expansion of the alignment film 310. The second exposure unit 321 forms the second exposure unit 301b according to the design value, and the first exposure unit 301a and the second exposure unit 301b overlap each other, or a gap is formed to cause an unexposed portion to be generated.

在此,本實施形態中,例如調節對於在移動方向309之光罩325的開口板326之相對位置,以維持在該膜片對準記號301c與光罩對準記號302e之間一定的距離。亦即,如圖48(b)所示,在藉由攝相機之偵測區域371內,使光罩325對於開口板326於移動方向309上相對移動,並使開口板326的開口303b,對應於光罩325之狹縫302b的寬度較廣的區域,以使膜片對準記號301c與光罩對準記號302e之距離成為10mm。從而,本實施形態中,可以基於配向膜310的寬度方向之伸長量,大幅調節配向曝光膜310a上之曝光部的寬度。藉此,本實施形態中,即使配向膜310,因其後之例如輸送造成冷卻而收縮,並回復至未膨脹之元寬度時,可以使形成於配向曝光膜310a上之帶狀的第2曝光部301b之寬度及間隔,精度良好地對應例如顯示裝置之圖像或是像素的寬度及間隔,而防止顯示不良。 Here, in the present embodiment, for example, the relative position to the opening plate 326 of the mask 325 in the moving direction 309 is adjusted to maintain a constant distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e. That is, as shown in FIG. 48(b), in the detection area 371 of the camera, the mask 325 is relatively moved with respect to the opening plate 326 in the moving direction 309, and the opening 303b of the opening plate 326 is correspondingly The width of the slit 302b of the mask 325 is wide so that the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e becomes 10 mm. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the width of the exposure portion on the alignment exposure film 310a can be greatly adjusted based on the amount of elongation of the alignment film 310 in the width direction. Therefore, in the present embodiment, even if the alignment film 310 is contracted by cooling due to, for example, transportation, and returns to the unexpanded element width, the strip-shaped second exposure formed on the alignment film 310a can be formed. The width and interval of the portion 301b are accurately matched to, for example, the image or the width and interval of the display device to prevent display failure.

又,雖然光罩325之狹縫302b與膜片對準記號301c,實際上,係隔離約例如30mm,但是如本實施形態,藉由將光罩對準記號302e平行於位在與移動方向309垂直之方向的兩端部之狹縫302b的側緣而構成,可以在設置於與移動方向309垂直之方向的端部之狹縫302b的側緣,選取出光罩對準記號302e,於例如約10mm狹窄的範圍內進行對準,而可以調節曝光部的寬度。 Moreover, although the slit 302b of the mask 325 and the diaphragm alignment mark 301c are actually separated by, for example, about 30 mm, as in the present embodiment, the reticle alignment mark 302e is parallel to the position and the moving direction 309. The side edges of the slits 302b at both end portions in the vertical direction are formed, and the mask alignment mark 302e can be selected at the side edge of the slit 302b provided at the end portion in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309, for example, about The alignment is performed within a narrow range of 10 mm, and the width of the exposed portion can be adjusted.

又,圖48中,雖然圖示的方便上,僅圖示配向膜310及光罩325之一側面部,但是上述光罩位置的控制,係於配向膜310之兩側面部的膜片對準記號301c與光罩325之兩側面部的光罩對準記號302e之間進行。換句話說,配向膜310之一側的膜片對準記號301c與光罩對準記號302e之間的距離,及配向膜310之另一側的膜片對準記號301c與光罩對準記號302e之間的距離,任一者均 為例如10mm。 Further, in Fig. 48, although only one side surface portion of the alignment film 310 and the photomask 325 is shown in the drawing, the control of the position of the mask is performed on the diaphragm alignment of the both side faces of the alignment film 310. The symbol 301c is performed between the mask alignment marks 302e on both side faces of the mask 325. In other words, the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c on one side of the alignment film 310 and the mask alignment mark 302e, and the diaphragm alignment mark 301c on the other side of the alignment film 310 and the mask alignment mark Distance between 302e, either For example 10mm.

但是,若於輸送滾子311間移動的期間,配向膜310曲折行進,則在與移動方向309垂直的方向之光罩325的中央位置及配向膜310之中央位置會產生偏離,造成在配向膜310之一側面部的膜片對準記號301c及光罩對準記號302e之間的距離,與在另一側面部之膜片對準記號301c及光罩對準記號302e之間的距離不同。為消除此問題,本實施形態中,在與移動方向309垂直之方向,調節在與光罩325的移動方向309垂直之方向的位置,以使攝相機所偵測之一對的光罩對準記號302e之中央位置,與一對的膜片對準記號301c之中央位置一致,藉此,最好使光罩325的中央位置與配向膜310的中央位置兩者位置配合。換句話說,即使產生配向膜310之曲折行進,最好控制配向膜310之一側的膜片對準記號301c及光罩對準記號302e之間的距離,與配向膜310之另一側的膜片對準記號301c及光罩對準記號302e之間的距離,以使任一者均為例如10mm。 However, if the alignment film 310 is meandering during the movement between the transport rollers 311, the center position of the mask 325 in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309 and the center position of the alignment film 310 may be deviated, resulting in an alignment film. The distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e on one side surface portion 310 is different from the distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e on the other side surface portion. In order to eliminate this problem, in the present embodiment, in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309, the position in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309 of the mask 325 is adjusted so that the pair of masks detected by the camera are aligned. The center position of the symbol 302e coincides with the center position of the pair of diaphragm alignment marks 301c, whereby it is preferable to position the center position of the mask 325 and the center position of the alignment film 310. In other words, even if the meandering of the alignment film 310 is generated, it is preferable to control the distance between the film alignment mark 301c and the mask alignment mark 302e on one side of the alignment film 310, and the other side of the alignment film 310. The distance between the diaphragm alignment mark 301c and the reticle alignment mark 302e is such that either is, for example, 10 mm.

又,關於第2曝光單元321的光罩,可以使用如圖49所示之具有狹縫302b之光罩325A。於該光罩325A,複數條狹縫302b,其寬度亦於移動方向309線性地變化;狹縫間的間隔,在從與移動方向309垂直的方向觀察時,係與狹縫302b的寬度相同。設置於圖49所示之光罩325A、光罩325A的兩端部狹縫之中,設置於一端部之狹縫302b,其側緣係平行於移動方向309而被設置,其他的複數條狹縫302b,係傾斜移動方向309而延伸,狹縫302b之傾斜,係設置為:在與移動方向309垂直之方向,從一端部側往另一端部側,逐漸地變大。在使用了這種光罩325A時,可以將具有平行於移動方向309的側緣之一端部的狹縫302b作為基準,控制光罩302的位置。針對例如對於移動方向309傾斜最大之另一端部的狹縫302b,在設置以使其在移動方向309之長度為300mm,而其側緣在與移動方向309垂直之方向以約1000μm偏 倚的場合,伴隨著配向膜310的延伸,膜片對準記號301c間之距離變大100μm時,控制部,在控制以使光罩302在與移動方向309垂直之方向上向外方移動100μm的同時,控制以於移動方向309上移動30mm。藉此,光罩對準記號302e與膜片對準記號301c之位置關係,係與未在配向膜310產生延伸的場合變為相同,可以不替換光罩325A,調節對於配向膜310之曝光光線照射區域的寬度。 Further, as for the photomask of the second exposure unit 321, a photomask 325A having a slit 302b as shown in FIG. 49 can be used. In the mask 325A, the plurality of slits 302b have a width which also varies linearly in the moving direction 309; the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit 302b when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. The slits 302b provided at one end portion of the mask 325A and the mask 325A shown in FIG. 49 are provided in the slit 302b at one end, and the side edges thereof are provided parallel to the moving direction 309, and the other plurality of slits are provided. The slit 302b extends in the oblique movement direction 309, and the inclination of the slit 302b is gradually increased from the one end side to the other end side in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. When such a mask 325A is used, the position of the mask 302 can be controlled with the slit 302b having one end portion parallel to the side edge of the moving direction 309 as a reference. The slit 302b, for example, the other end portion which is most inclined with respect to the moving direction 309, is disposed such that its length in the moving direction 309 is 300 mm, and its side edge is offset by about 1000 μm in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. In the case of leaning, when the distance between the diaphragm alignment marks 301c is increased by 100 μm with the extension of the alignment film 310, the control unit controls to move the mask 302 outward by 100 μm in the direction perpendicular to the moving direction 309. At the same time, the control moves 30 mm in the moving direction 309. Thereby, the positional relationship between the mask alignment mark 302e and the diaphragm alignment mark 301c is the same as the case where the extension of the alignment film 310 is not performed, and the exposure light to the alignment film 310 can be adjusted without replacing the mask 325A. The width of the illuminated area.

又,針對在第1曝光單元320,已於配向膜310產生膨脹的場合,第1曝光單元320的第1光罩323,亦與第2光罩325相同,使用傾斜之狹縫與開口板,而同樣地,較佳為使待形成的第1曝光部之帶狀的曝光部之寬度及間隔,因應配向膜310的膨脹量而擴大。藉此,在通過曝光單元,而配向曝光膜310a自然冷卻的場合,可以使第1曝光部301a及第2曝光部301b,於顯示裝置的各掃描線在高精度下一致。 When the first exposure unit 320 is inflated in the alignment film 310, the first mask 323 of the first exposure unit 320 is also the same as the second mask 325, and the inclined slit and the opening plate are used. Similarly, it is preferable that the width and the interval of the strip-shaped exposure portion of the first exposure portion to be formed are enlarged in accordance with the amount of expansion of the alignment film 310. Thereby, when the alignment exposure film 310a is naturally cooled by the exposure unit, the first exposure unit 301a and the second exposure unit 301b can be aligned with each other on the scanning lines of the display device with high precision.

又,不限於配向膜310的膨脹,在配向膜310發生了收縮的場合,亦可以同樣地使用具有傾斜之狹縫302b的光罩,及具有於配向膜310之寬度方向上延伸的開口303b的開口板326,而因應配向膜310的縮小量調整曝光位置及寬度。 Further, the expansion of the alignment film 310 is not limited, and when the alignment film 310 is shrunk, the mask having the inclined slit 302b and the opening 303b extending in the width direction of the alignment film 310 may be used in the same manner. The opening plate 326 is used to adjust the exposure position and width in accordance with the reduction amount of the alignment film 310.

關於本發明之曝光裝置以及FPR製造方法,在形成以利用第1曝光單元曝光之複數的帶狀之曝光部所構成的第1曝光圖案後,利用檢查部,偵測第1曝光圖案的曝光部,且控制部,係將藉由第2曝光單元曝光之第2曝光圖案的曝光部之位置,基於第1曝光圖案的曝光部之位置加以調整。例如,控制部,係基於第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,針對與配向膜的移動方向垂直之方向,調整第2曝光單元的第2光罩之位置。藉此,利用第1曝光單元之第1曝光圖案,及利用第2曝光單元之第2曝光圖案的曝光位置,係在配向膜上的既定位置上以高精度受到控制。從而, 第1曝光圖案與第2曝光圖案不會以其邊界重疊,亦不會形成未曝光部,故3D顯示圖像不會產生劣化。 In the exposure apparatus and the FPR manufacturing method of the present invention, after the first exposure pattern including the plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions exposed by the first exposure unit is formed, the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern is detected by the inspection portion. The control unit adjusts the position of the exposure unit of the second exposure pattern exposed by the second exposure unit based on the position of the exposure unit of the first exposure pattern. For example, the control unit adjusts the position of the second mask of the second exposure unit in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the alignment film based on the position of the exposure unit of the first exposure pattern. Thereby, the first exposure pattern of the first exposure unit and the exposure position of the second exposure pattern by the second exposure unit are controlled with high precision at a predetermined position on the alignment film. thereby, Since the first exposure pattern and the second exposure pattern do not overlap at the boundary thereof, and the unexposed portion is not formed, the 3D display image does not deteriorate.

[產業利用上可能性] [The possibility of industrial use]

本發明,可以在高精度下製造FPR方式的偏光膜片及光配向膜等,對於3D方式或是2D方式之液晶顯示裝置的高精細化具貢獻。 According to the present invention, the FPR type polarizing film and the optical alignment film can be manufactured with high precision, and contribute to the high definition of the 3D method or the 2D liquid crystal display device.

1‧‧‧偏光膜片 1‧‧‧ polarizing film

1a、1b‧‧‧偏光部 1a, 1b‧‧‧ polarizing department

2‧‧‧塗布裝置 2‧‧‧ Coating device

3、4‧‧‧空氣轉向桿 3, 4‧‧‧air steering rod

5‧‧‧背滾筒 5‧‧‧Back roller

6、16、104、105、270、322、324‧‧‧曝光光源 6, 16, 104, 105, 270, 322, 324‧ ‧ exposure light source

7、150、160、202、202A、202B、202C、202D、220、221‧‧‧光罩 7, 150, 160, 202, 202A, 202B, 202C, 202D, 220, 221‧‧ ‧ mask

7a、202c、202f、203b、230b、303b‧‧‧開口 7a, 202c, 202f, 203b, 230b, 303b‧‧‧ openings

7b、17‧‧‧狹縫光罩 7b, 17‧‧‧ slit mask

7c、17a、106a、202b、220b、302b‧‧‧狹縫 7c, 17a, 106a, 202b, 220b, 302b‧‧‧ slits

8‧‧‧冷卻滾筒 8‧‧‧Cooling roller

10‧‧‧配向膜 10‧‧‧Alignment film

10a、10b、10c、10d、301a、301b、a、b‧‧‧曝光部 10a, 10b, 10c, 10d, 301a, 301b, a, b‧‧‧ exposure section

11‧‧‧配向曝光膜 11‧‧‧Alignment exposure film

12‧‧‧膜片基材 12‧‧‧Metal substrate

20、26、40、245、246‧‧‧滾筒 20, 26, 40, 245, 246‧‧ ‧ rollers

20a、26a‧‧‧溝 20a, 26a‧‧ ‧ ditch

21、60、205A、205B、333、360‧‧‧光源 21, 60, 205A, 205B, 333, 360‧‧‧

22、24、32、32a、32b、34、34a、34b、61、63、122a、122b、332、336、337、361、362、363、364‧‧‧偏光板 22, 24, 32, 32a, 32b, 34, 34a, 34b, 61, 63, 122a, 122b, 332, 336, 337, 361, 362, 363, 364‧‧ ‧ polarizing plate

23、33a、33b、121‧‧‧λ/4板 23, 33a, 33b, 121‧‧‧λ/4 board

25、35a、35b、108、109、120、207A、207B、260、331‧‧‧攝相機 25, 35a, 35b, 108, 109, 120, 207A, 207B, 260, 331‧ ‧ camera

30‧‧‧標尺構件 30‧‧‧ ruler components

31a、31b‧‧‧配置光源 31a, 31b‧‧‧Configuring light source

26b‧‧‧蓋 26b‧‧‧ Cover

51‧‧‧瑕疵 51‧‧‧瑕疵

52‧‧‧異物 52‧‧‧ Foreign objects

62a、62b‧‧‧膜片部分 62a, 62b‧‧‧ diaphragm section

100、101、102、103‧‧‧滾筒 100, 101, 102, 103‧‧‧ rollers

106、107‧‧‧光罩 106, 107‧‧‧ mask

106-1、106-2‧‧‧狹縫光罩 106-1, 106-2‧‧‧ slit mask

110‧‧‧雷射標示器 110‧‧‧Laser marker

123‧‧‧檢查用照明光源 123‧‧‧Inspection lighting source

201、210‧‧‧配向膜 201, 210‧‧‧ alignment film

201a、210a、210b‧‧‧對準記號 201a, 210a, 210b‧‧‧ alignment marks

201c、210c‧‧‧配向曝光膜 201c, 210c‧‧‧ alignment film

202a、203a、302a、303a‧‧‧底部 202a, 203a, 302a, 303a‧‧‧ bottom

202d、220d‧‧‧觀察窗 202d, 220d‧‧‧ observation window

202e、220e、220f‧‧‧光罩對準記號 202e, 220e, 220f‧‧‧Photomask alignment marks

203、203A、203B、230、326‧‧‧開口板 203, 203A, 203B, 230, 326‧‧‧ aperture plates

206、250‧‧‧對準標示器 206, 250‧‧‧ alignment marker

241‧‧‧供給捲筒 241‧‧‧Supply reel

242、243‧‧‧輸送滾筒 242, 243‧‧‧ Transport rollers

244‧‧‧(捲取側的)捲筒 244‧‧‧ (rolling side) reel

271、371‧‧‧偵測區域 271, 371‧‧‧Detection area

301c‧‧‧膜片對準記號 301c‧‧‧ diaphragm alignment mark

302d‧‧‧觀察窗 302d‧‧‧ observation window

302e‧‧‧光罩對準記號 302e‧‧‧Photomask alignment mark

309‧‧‧移動方向 309‧‧‧ moving direction

315‧‧‧背滾筒 315‧‧‧Back roller

323、325、325A‧‧‧光罩 323, 325, 325A‧‧‧ mask

310‧‧‧配向膜 310‧‧‧Alignment film

310a‧‧‧配向曝光膜 310a‧‧‧Alignment exposure film

320、321‧‧‧曝光單元 320, 321‧‧‧ exposure unit

330‧‧‧檢查部 330‧‧ ‧ Inspection Department

334‧‧‧半鏡 334‧‧‧Half mirror

340‧‧‧背滾筒 340‧‧‧Back roller

341‧‧‧表面部 341‧‧‧ Surface

342‧‧‧芯部 342‧‧‧ core

343‧‧‧溝 343‧‧‧ditch

【圖1】顯示本發明之第1實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

【圖2】顯示在本發明之第1實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 Fig. 2 is a view showing the development of an alignment film in the vicinity of the back roller and the slit mask of the film exposure apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

【圖3】顯示本發明之第2實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

【圖4】顯示在本發明之第2實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 Fig. 4 is a view showing the development of an alignment film in the vicinity of the back roller and the slit mask of the film exposure apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

【圖5】顯示本發明之第3實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

【圖6】(a)、(b)顯示在本發明之第3實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 Fig. 6 (a) and (b) are views showing the development of an alignment film in the vicinity of the back roller and the slit mask of the film exposure apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

【圖7】顯示本發明之第4實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖8】(a)、(b)顯示在本發明之第4實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 (a) and (b) show the pattern in which the alignment film is formed in the vicinity of the back roll and the slit mask of the film exposure apparatus according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖9】顯示本發明之第5實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing a film exposure apparatus according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖10】顯示在本發明之第5實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 Fig. 10 is a view showing the development of an alignment film in the vicinity of the back roller and the slit mask of the film exposure apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖11】顯示使用了背滾筒之FPR方式的偏光膜片之製造方法的圖式。 Fig. 11 is a view showing a method of manufacturing a polarizing film using an FPR method using a back roll.

【圖12】顯示空氣轉向桿之示意立體圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic perspective view showing an air steering lever.

【圖13】顯示使用了背滾筒之膜片曝光裝置的圖式。 Fig. 13 is a view showing a film exposure apparatus using a back roll.

【圖14】顯示在使用了背滾筒之膜片曝光裝置的背滾筒及狹縫光罩的附近展開配向膜之圖式。 Fig. 14 is a view showing the development of an alignment film in the vicinity of a back roll and a slit mask of a film exposure apparatus using a back roll.

【圖15】顯示本發明之第6實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的俯視圖。 Fig. 15 is a plan view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖16】顯示本發明之第6實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的正面斷面圖。 Fig. 16 is a front sectional view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖17】顯示偏光方向之示意圖。 Fig. 17 is a view showing a direction of polarization.

【圖18】顯示本發明之第7實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的正面斷面圖。 Fig. 18 is a front sectional view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.

【圖19】顯示本發明之第8實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的俯視圖。 Fig. 19 is a plan view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖20】顯示本發明之第8實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的正面斷面圖。 Fig. 20 is a front sectional view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖21】顯示本發明之第9實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的俯視圖。 Fig. 21 is a plan view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖22】顯示本發明之第9實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的正面斷面圖。 Fig. 22 is a front sectional view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖23】顯示本發明之第9實施形態的膜片曝光裝置之檢查部的動作說明圖。 Fig. 23 is an operation explanatory view showing an inspection unit of the film exposure apparatus according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖24】(a)為顯示關於本發明之第10實施形態的曝光裝置之全體的構成之側面圖,(b)為顯示其光罩之俯視圖,(c)為顯示其開口板之俯視圖。 Fig. 24 (a) is a side view showing the configuration of the entire exposure apparatus according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention, (b) is a plan view showing the mask, and (c) is a plan view showing the aperture plate.

【圖25】(a)、(b)為,在待曝光之寬度將相異的配向膜曝光時,與配向膜一同顯示開口板及光罩之相對位置關係之圖式。 [Fig. 25] (a) and (b) show a pattern in which the relative positional relationship between the apertured plate and the reticle is displayed together with the alignment film when the different alignment films are exposed in the width to be exposed.

【圖26】(a)、(b)為,作為一例顯示藉由膜片對準記號及光罩對準記號之光罩位置的調節之圖式。 [Fig. 26] (a) and (b) are diagrams showing an adjustment of the position of the mask by the diaphragm alignment mark and the mask alignment mark as an example.

【圖27】顯示關於本發明之第10實施形態的曝光裝置中,配向膜產生了熱變形時之曝光態樣的圖式。 Fig. 27 is a view showing an exposure state when the alignment film is thermally deformed in the exposure apparatus according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖28】顯示關於本發明之第10實施形態的曝光裝置中,光罩之變形例的俯視圖。 Fig. 28 is a plan view showing a modification of the photomask in the exposure apparatus according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖29】(a)、(b)為顯示藉由關於本發明之第11實施形態的曝光裝置之曝光步驟的圖式。 Fig. 29 (a) and (b) are diagrams showing an exposure procedure by an exposure apparatus according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention.

【圖30】(a)、(b)顯示關於本發明之第12實施形態的曝光裝置之光罩及開口板的俯視圖。 Fig. 30 (a) and (b) are plan views showing a mask and an opening plate of an exposure apparatus according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖31】(a)、(b)顯示於於配向膜形成對準記號之雷射標示器的圖式。 Fig. 31 (a) and (b) are views showing a laser marker formed on an alignment film to form an alignment mark.

【圖32】(a)、(b)顯示偵測對準記號之2焦點攝相機的圖式。 [Fig. 32] (a) and (b) show the pattern of the focus camera that detects the alignment mark.

【圖33】顯示本發明之第12實施形態的動作之圖式。 Fig. 33 is a view showing the operation of the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖34】(a)、(b)顯示本發明之第12實施形態的動作之圖式。 Fig. 34 (a) and (b) are views showing the operation of the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖35】(a)、(b)顯示本發明之第12實施形態的動作之圖式。 Fig. 35 (a) and (b) are views showing the operation of the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖36】(a)~(c)顯示本發明之第12實施形態的動作之圖式。 Fig. 36 (a) to (c) are diagrams showing the operation of the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖37】顯示本發明之第13實施形態的動作之圖式。 Fig. 37 is a view showing the operation of the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖38】顯示以第1曝光單元及第2曝光單元形成之第1曝光部及第2曝光部的圖式。 FIG. 38 is a view showing a first exposure unit and a second exposure unit formed by the first exposure unit and the second exposure unit.

【圖39】顯示本發明之第13實施形態的曝光裝置之變形例的圖式。 Fig. 39 is a view showing a modification of the exposure apparatus according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖40】顯示本發明之第14實施形態的曝光裝置之圖式。 Fig. 40 is a view showing an exposure apparatus according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖41】(a)、(b)顯示本發明之第14實施形態的曝光裝置之變形例的圖式。 Fig. 41 (a) and (b) are views showing a modification of the exposure apparatus according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖42】顯示本發明之第15實施形態的曝光裝置之圖式。 Fig. 42 is a view showing the exposure apparatus of the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖43】顯示本發明之第16實施形態的曝光裝置之圖式。 Fig. 43 is a view showing the exposure apparatus of the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention.

【圖44】(a)、(b)顯示偵測第1曝光部之方法的圖式。 [Fig. 44] (a) and (b) are diagrams showing a method of detecting the first exposure portion.

【圖45】(a)、(b)顯示藉由偏光板之檢查光線的偏光態樣之圖式。 [Fig. 45] (a) and (b) show a pattern of the polarized state of the inspection light by the polarizing plate.

【圖46】顯示關於第2曝光單元中曝光位置之調整,(a)為顯示光罩之變形例的圖式,(b)為顯示開口板之圖式。 Fig. 46 shows an adjustment of the exposure position in the second exposure unit, wherein (a) is a diagram showing a modification of the reticle, and (b) is a diagram showing an aperture plate.

【圖47】顯示該曝光位置的調整方法之圖式:(a)為顯示於配向膜未產生膨脹時,光罩與開口板之相對位置關係的圖式;(b)為顯示於配向膜產生了膨脹時,光罩與開口板之相對位置關係的圖式。 Fig. 47 is a view showing a method of adjusting the exposure position: (a) is a diagram showing the relative positional relationship between the mask and the opening plate when the alignment film is not expanded; (b) is shown in the alignment film. A pattern of the relative positional relationship between the reticle and the aperture plate when inflated.

【圖48】相同為顯示該曝光位置的調整方法之圖式:(a)為顯示於配向膜未產生膨脹時,光罩與開口板之相對位置關係的圖式;(b)為顯示於配向膜產生了膨脹時,光罩與開口板之相對位置關係的圖式。 FIG. 48 is a view similarly showing an adjustment method of the exposure position: (a) is a diagram showing a relative positional relationship between the reticle and the aperture plate when the alignment film is not expanded, and (b) is displayed in the alignment direction. The film produces a pattern of relative positional relationship between the reticle and the aperture plate when inflated.

【圖49】顯示光罩之變形例的圖式。 Fig. 49 is a view showing a modification of the reticle.

【圖50】顯示FPR方式之偏光膜片的示意圖。 Fig. 50 is a schematic view showing a polarizing film of the FPR method.

【圖51】顯示習知之偏光膜片的曝光方法之示意圖。 Fig. 51 is a schematic view showing a method of exposing a conventional polarizing film.

【圖52】顯示藉由習知之偏光膜片的狹縫光罩之曝光方法的俯視圖。 Fig. 52 is a plan view showing a method of exposing a slit mask by a conventional polarizing film.

【圖53】顯示使習知之偏光膜片的小型之狹縫光罩接續好之膜片曝光方法的俯視圖。 Fig. 53 is a plan view showing a method of exposing a film to a small slit mask of a conventional polarizing film.

【圖54】顯示曝光檢查部之示意圖。 Fig. 54 is a schematic view showing an exposure inspection unit.

【圖55】作為一例顯示習知的曝光裝置中,配向膜產生了熱變形時之曝光態樣的圖式。 Fig. 55 is a view showing, as an example, a pattern in which an alignment film is thermally deformed in a conventional exposure apparatus.

5‧‧‧背滾筒 5‧‧‧Back roller

6、16‧‧‧曝光光源 6, 16‧‧‧ exposure light source

7‧‧‧光罩 7‧‧‧Photomask

10‧‧‧配向膜 10‧‧‧Alignment film

11‧‧‧配向曝光膜 11‧‧‧Alignment exposure film

17‧‧‧狹縫光罩 17‧‧‧ slit mask

Claims (31)

一種膜片曝光裝置,包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第2狹縫光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向的該第1狹縫光罩之下游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第2狹縫;以及第2曝光光源,透過該第2狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;其中,該第2狹縫光罩之該第2狹縫,係以與該第1狹縫光罩之該第1狹縫的配列間距相同之間距配置;該第1狹縫光罩與該第2狹縫光罩係配置成:使該第1狹縫與該第2狹縫沿該配向膜之寬度方向偏倚,其偏倚之量為在該配向膜之寬度方向上之該第1及第2狹縫之配列間距之1/2的間距的量。 A film exposure apparatus comprising: a backing roller which is coated with an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and the alignment material film is wound on the outer side and supported by the circumferential surface thereof While the alignment film is moved, the alignment film is moved along the circumferential surface thereof, and the first exposure unit includes a first slit mask that is disposed opposite to the alignment film wound around the back roller, and is disposed on the alignment film a plurality of parallel first slits are formed in a moving direction of the alignment film; and a first exposure light source is configured to expose the alignment material film of the alignment film through the first slit mask; and the second exposure unit The second slit mask is disposed on the downstream side of the first slit mask in the moving direction of the alignment film, and is disposed opposite to the alignment film wound around the back roller, and is disposed on the alignment film a second plurality of parallel slits are formed in the moving direction; and the second exposure light source is exposed to the alignment film of the alignment film through the second slit mask; wherein the second slit mask The second slit is arranged between the first slit and the first slit of the first slit mask The first slit mask and the second slit mask are disposed such that the first slit and the second slit are biased in the width direction of the alignment film, and the amount of the bias is The amount of the pitch of 1/2 of the arrangement pitch of the first and second slits in the width direction of the alignment film. 一種膜片曝光裝置,其特徵為包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第3光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向的該第1狹縫光罩之下游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜 而配置,形成有於該配向膜之寬度方向上延伸的開口;以及第3曝光光源,透過該第3光罩將該配向膜的該配向材料膜曝光。 A film exposure apparatus comprising: a backing roller that applies an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and winds the alignment material film toward the outside to be wound thereon The alignment film supports the alignment film and moves the alignment film along the circumferential surface thereof. The first exposure unit includes a first slit mask that is disposed to be aligned with the alignment film of the back roller. And forming a parallel first plurality of slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and a first exposure light source, wherein the alignment film of the alignment film is exposed through the first slit mask; and the second The exposure unit includes: a third photomask that faces the alignment film wound around the back roller on a downstream side of the first slit mask in a moving direction of the alignment film Further, an opening is formed in the width direction of the alignment film, and a third exposure light source is used to expose the alignment film of the alignment film through the third mask. 一種膜片曝光裝置,其特徵為包含:背滾筒,其將在透明之膜片基材的一面塗布有配向材料膜之配向膜,使該配向材料膜朝向外側而捲繞於其上,以其周面支撐著該配向膜的同時,使該配向膜沿其周面移動;第1曝光單元,其具備:第1狹縫光罩,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,並於該配向膜之移動方向上形成有平行的複數之第1狹縫;以及第1曝光光源,透過該第1狹縫光罩而將該配向膜之該配向材料膜曝光;以及第2曝光單元,其具備:第4光罩,於該配向膜之移動方向中該第1狹縫光罩之上游側,對向於捲繞在該背滾筒之該配向膜而配置,形成有於該配向膜之寬度方向上延伸的開口;以及第4曝光光源,透過該第4光罩將該配向膜的該配向材料膜曝光。 A film exposure apparatus comprising: a backing roller that applies an alignment film of an alignment material film on one surface of a transparent film substrate, and winds the alignment material film toward the outside to be wound thereon The alignment film supports the alignment film and moves the alignment film along the circumferential surface thereof. The first exposure unit includes a first slit mask that is disposed to be aligned with the alignment film of the back roller. And forming a parallel first plurality of slits in a moving direction of the alignment film; and a first exposure light source, wherein the alignment film of the alignment film is exposed through the first slit mask; and the second The exposure unit includes: a fourth photomask that is disposed on the upstream side of the first slit mask in a moving direction of the alignment film, and is disposed to be aligned with the alignment film of the back roller; An opening extending in a width direction of the alignment film; and a fourth exposure light source that exposes the alignment material film of the alignment film through the fourth photomask. 如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光光源中之一者為將CW圓偏光之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源,而另一者為將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源。 The film exposure device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein: one of the exposure light sources is a light source that irradiates CW circularly polarized light to the alignment film, and the other The light source for irradiating the CCW circularly polarized light to the light source of the alignment film. 如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光光源中之一者將對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈40°傾斜入射之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源,而另一者為將對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈-40°傾斜入射之曝光光線照射到該配向膜之光源。 The film exposure apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein: one of the exposure light sources is obliquely incident on the alignment film at a 40° direction of movement of the alignment film. The exposure light illuminates the light source of the alignment film, and the other is a light source that irradiates the alignment film with exposure light obliquely incident at -40° in the moving direction of the alignment film. 如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項所述之膜片曝光裝置,更包含:冷卻構件,設置於位在該配向膜之進行方向的該背滾筒之上游側,用以冷卻該配向膜。 The film exposure apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising: a cooling member disposed on an upstream side of the back roller positioned in a direction in which the alignment film is oriented to cool the alignment membrane. 如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項所述之膜片曝光裝置,更 包含:檢查部,配置於位在該配向膜之移動方向的該第2曝光單元之下游側,用以檢查受到曝光光線照射之曝光部,該曝光部係位在對於該配向膜照射曝光光線後的配向曝光膜上;該檢查部,具備:檢查滾筒,捲繞該配向曝光膜且與該配向曝光膜一同旋轉;光源,設置於該檢查滾筒的周面或是該滾筒的內部,用以射出檢查用之照明光;以及受光部,對向於該滾筒而設置,用以偵測透射該配向曝光膜後之照明光。 The film exposure device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further The inspection unit is disposed on a downstream side of the second exposure unit positioned in a moving direction of the alignment film, and is configured to inspect an exposure portion that is exposed to exposure light, and the exposure portion is positioned after the exposure light is irradiated to the alignment film. The inspection unit includes: an inspection roller that winds the alignment film and rotates together with the alignment film; and a light source disposed on a circumferential surface of the inspection roller or inside the roller for emitting The illumination light for inspection; and the light receiving portion is disposed opposite to the roller for detecting illumination light transmitted through the alignment film. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光單元,藉由在該配向膜上之配向材料膜進行曝光,將帶狀之第1曝光部,及帶狀之第2曝光部,於該配向膜之寬度方向上交互地形成,而形成該配向曝光膜;該檢查部,包含:第1偏光板,設置於該滾筒,並對於來自該光源之照明光於第1方向上賦予偏光;第2偏光板,對向於該滾筒而設置,並對於入射到該受光部之光於垂直該第1方向之方向上賦予偏光;以及λ/4板,設置於該照明光之光軸上。 The film exposure apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the exposure unit exposes the first exposure portion in a strip shape and the second shape in a strip shape by exposing the alignment material film on the alignment film. The exposure portion is formed alternately in the width direction of the alignment film to form the alignment exposure film. The inspection portion includes: a first polarizing plate disposed on the roller and illuminating light from the light source in the first direction The second polarizing plate is provided opposite to the roller, and the polarized light is applied to the light incident on the light receiving portion in a direction perpendicular to the first direction; and the λ/4 plate is disposed on the illumination light. On the optical axis. 如申請專利範圍第8項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光單元,藉由將CW圓偏光之曝光光線照射於該配向膜上之曝光光源以形成該第1曝光部,並藉由將CCW圓偏光之曝光光線照射於該配向膜上之曝光光源以形成該第2曝光部。 The film exposure device of claim 8, wherein the exposure unit forms the first exposure portion by irradiating an exposure light of the CW circularly polarized light onto the alignment film. An exposure light source of the CCW circularly polarized light is irradiated onto the exposure light source on the alignment film to form the second exposure portion. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光單元,藉由在該配向膜上之配向材料膜進行曝光,將帶狀之第1曝光部,及帶狀之第2曝光部,於該配向膜之寬度方向上交互地形成,而形成該配向曝光膜,該檢查部之該受光部,係由以下部分加以構成:第1受光部,設置於依透射該配向曝光膜之照明光的第1曝光部之第1配向方向上;以及第2受光部,設置於依透射該配向曝光膜之照明光的第2曝光部之第2配向方向上。 The film exposure apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the exposure unit exposes the first exposure portion in a strip shape and the second shape in a strip shape by exposing the alignment material film on the alignment film. The exposure portion is formed alternately in the width direction of the alignment film to form the alignment exposure film, and the light receiving portion of the inspection portion is configured by a first light receiving portion that is disposed to transmit the alignment film The first exposure portion of the illumination light is in the first alignment direction; and the second light reception portion is provided in the second alignment direction of the second exposure portion that transmits the illumination light of the alignment exposure film. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述之膜片曝光裝置,其中:該曝光單元,藉由對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上 呈40°傾斜入射曝光光線之曝光光源,形成該第1曝光部,並藉由對於該配向膜以對該配向膜的移動方向上呈-40°傾斜入射曝光光線之曝光光源,形成該第2曝光部。 The film exposure apparatus of claim 10, wherein: the exposure unit is in the moving direction of the alignment film by the alignment film Forming the first exposure portion at an angle of 40° obliquely incident light, forming the second exposure portion, and forming the second exposure light by obliquely entering the exposure film at an angle of -40° with respect to the alignment film in the moving direction of the alignment film Exposure section. 如申請專利範圍第8或10項所述之膜片曝光裝置,更包含:透明之標尺構件,配置於該受光部之光軸上,於該配向曝光膜之寬度方向上延伸,並於該配向曝光膜上之該第1曝光部或是第2曝光部的寬度方向上形成有標尺。 The film exposure apparatus according to claim 8 or 10, further comprising: a transparent scale member disposed on an optical axis of the light receiving portion, extending in a width direction of the alignment exposure film, and in the alignment A scale is formed in the width direction of the first exposure portion or the second exposure portion on the exposure film. 如申請專利範圍第7至12項中任一項所述之膜片曝光裝置,更包含:第2檢查部,配置於藉由該檢查部之檢查前或是檢查後的該配向曝光膜之輸送區域;該第2檢查部,包含:第2光源,用以射出檢查光線;第3偏光板,對於來自該第2光源之檢查光線賦予第1方向之直線偏光;第2之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第1方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2方向之直線偏光;第4偏光板,透射該第2方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;第2受光部,用以偵測透射該第4偏光板之檢查光線;第3光源,用以射出檢查光線;第5偏光板,對於來自該第3光源之檢查光線賦予第1或是第2方向的直線偏光;第3之λ/4板,將透射該第3偏光板並進而透射該配向曝光膜而賦予了第2方向的圓偏光之檢查光線,轉變為第2或是第1方向之直線偏光;第6偏光板,透射該第2或是第1方向之直線偏光的檢查光線;以及第3受光部,偵測透射該第6偏光板之檢查光線。 The film exposure apparatus according to any one of claims 7 to 12, further comprising: a second inspection unit disposed to convey the alignment exposure film before or after inspection by the inspection unit The second inspection unit includes: a second light source for emitting the inspection light; and a third polarizing plate for linearly polarizing the first direction to the inspection light from the second light source; and the second λ/4 plate. The third polarizing plate is transmitted through the alignment film to transmit the inspection light of the circularly polarized light in the first direction to the linearly polarized light in the second direction, and the fourth polarizing plate transmits the linearly polarized light in the second direction. Detecting light; a second light receiving portion for detecting inspection light transmitted through the fourth polarizing plate; a third light source for emitting inspection light; and a fifth polarizing plate for imparting a first light to the inspection light from the third light source It is a linearly polarized light in the second direction; the third λ/4 plate transmits the inspection light of the circularly polarized light in the second direction by transmitting the third polarizing plate and further transmitting the alignment film, and is converted into the second or the second Linear polarization in 1 direction; 6th polarizer, transmitting the 2nd or The inspection light of the linearly polarized light in the first direction; and the third light receiving unit detects the inspection light transmitted through the sixth polarizing plate. 一種曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對之對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部,形成作為該配向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直於該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔 而配列的複數之狹縫,並於上述該第2方向之兩端部各自形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,一併偵測該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,控制該遮光構件與該光罩在該第1方向的相對位置;其中,該狹縫的寬度於該第1方向線性地變化,於該第2方向上觀看時,該狹縫間之間隔係與該狹縫之寬度相同;該控制部控制該光罩與該遮光構件之間於第1方向之相對位置,以使該偵測部所偵測到的該光罩對準記號與該膜片對準記號之位置關係成為既定關係。 An exposure apparatus comprising: a transporting device for moving an alignment film of an exposure object in a first direction; and a pair of alignment markers for forming an index of the amount of expansion and contraction of the alignment film on both side surfaces of the alignment film a diaphragm alignment mark; a light source for emitting exposure light; and a photomask formed at a distance from each other in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction And a plurality of slits arranged in the second direction, and a mask alignment mark is formed on each of the two ends in the second direction; and the light shielding member extends in the second direction to form an opening intersecting all the slits And the portion of the opening intersecting the slit transmits the exposure light; the detecting portion detects the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment mark together; and the control portion controls the light shielding member and the a relative position of the mask in the first direction; wherein a width of the slit linearly changes in the first direction, and when viewed in the second direction, the interval between the slits is the same as a width of the slit The control unit controls a relative position between the reticle and the light shielding member in the first direction, so that the positional relationship between the reticle alignment mark detected by the detecting portion and the diaphragm alignment mark becomes Established relationship. 如申請專利範圍第14項所述之曝光裝置,其中:一對之該光罩對準記號,分別與設於該第2方向的兩端部之狹縫中最接近的狹縫之寬度方向的一邊側緣或是該狹縫之寬度方向中心線平行地設置;於該遮光構件之該開口的位置,該控制部控制該光罩與該遮光構件在第1方向之相對位置,以使該膜片對準記號與該光罩對準記號在該第2方向之間隔成為一定。 The exposure apparatus of claim 14, wherein: the pair of the mask alignment marks are respectively in the width direction of the slit closest to the slits provided at both end portions of the second direction a side edge or a center line in the width direction of the slit is disposed in parallel; at a position of the opening of the light shielding member, the control portion controls the relative position of the photomask and the light shielding member in the first direction to make the film The interval between the sheet alignment mark and the mask alignment mark in the second direction is constant. 如申請專利範圍第14或15項所述之曝光裝置,其中:於該光罩,在位於該第2方向之該狹縫的外方,設置觀察該膜片對準記號用之一對的觀察窗,並於該觀察窗設置該光罩對準記號;該偵測部,偵測該光罩對準記號,並經由該一對之觀察窗偵測該膜片對準記號。 The exposure apparatus according to claim 14 or 15, wherein in the reticle, an observation of a pair of the alignment marks of the diaphragm is provided outside the slit located in the second direction a window, and the reticle alignment mark is disposed in the observation window; the detecting portion detects the reticle alignment mark, and detects the film alignment mark through the pair of observation windows. 如申請專利範圍第14至16項中任一項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該控制部調節該光罩在該第2方向的位置,以使位在該偵測部所偵測之一對的該光罩對準記號間之在該第2方向的中央位置,與位在一對的該膜片對準記號間之在該第2方向的中央位置一致。 The exposure device according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the control unit adjusts the position of the reticle in the second direction so that one of the pairs detected by the detecting portion The center position of the reticle alignment mark in the second direction coincides with the center position in the second direction between the pair of film alignment marks. 如申請專利範圍第14至17項中任一項所述之曝光裝置,其中: 於該第1方向隔離之位置上,配置2組之該光源、該遮光構件及該光罩,一邊之光罩的狹縫係配置成對於另一邊之光罩的狹縫,在該第2方向上偏倚了該狹縫之配列間距的量。 The exposure apparatus according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein: Two sets of the light source, the light shielding member, and the photomask are disposed at the position separated by the first direction, and the slit of the mask is disposed in the second direction in the slit of the mask of the other side. The amount of alignment of the slits is biased. 如申請專利範圍第18項所述之曝光裝置,其中:藉由以該2個光源所施行之曝光,將配向方向彼此相異之帶狀的曝光部於第2方向上交互地形成。 The exposure apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the strip-shaped exposure portions that are different in the alignment direction are alternately formed in the second direction by exposure by the two light sources. 一種曝光裝置,包含:輸送裝置,用以使曝光對象之配向膜於第1方向移動;一對的對準標示器,於該配向膜之兩側面部形成作為該配向膜之伸縮量的指標之膜片對準記號;光源,用以射出曝光光線;光罩,形成在垂直該第1方向之第2方向上彼此隔著間隔而配列的複數之狹縫,並設置用以觀察該一對的膜片對準記號之一對的觀察窗,且於該各觀察窗內形成有光罩對準記號;遮光構件,延伸於該第2方向上而形成有與所有的該狹縫交叉之開口,並在該開口與該狹縫交叉的部分使該曝光光線透射;偵測部,用以偵測該各觀察窗內之該光罩對準記號及該膜片對準記號;以及控制部,基於該偵測部之偵測結果,調節該遮光構件與該光罩間在該第1方向之相對位置關係;其中,於該狹縫中,在第2方向之一端部的第1狹縫係平行於該第1方向,另一端部之第2狹縫係對於該第1方向以最大傾度傾斜,而該第1狹縫與該第2狹縫之間的狹縫係依照使傾斜角度從第1狹縫往第2狹縫逐漸變大之方式傾斜;該狹縫的寬度係於該第1方向線性地變化,該狹縫間之間隔係於該第2方向與該狹縫之寬度相同;該第1狹縫側之第1光罩對準記號係於該第1方向上延伸,而該第2狹縫側之第2光罩對準記號係與該第2狹縫之寬度方向的一邊側緣或是寬度方向的中心線平行而延伸。 An exposure apparatus comprising: a transporting device for moving an alignment film of an exposure target in a first direction; and a pair of alignment markers forming an index of the amount of expansion and contraction of the alignment film on both sides of the alignment film a diaphragm alignment mark; a light source for emitting the exposure light; and a mask forming a plurality of slits arranged at intervals in the second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and configured to observe the pair The diaphragm is aligned with the observation window of one pair of the marks, and the mask alignment marks are formed in the observation windows; the light shielding member extends in the second direction to form an opening intersecting all the slits. And transmitting, in the portion where the opening intersects the slit, the exposure light; the detecting portion is configured to detect the reticle alignment mark and the film alignment mark in the observation windows; and the control portion is based on The detection result of the detecting unit adjusts a relative positional relationship between the light shielding member and the reticle in the first direction; wherein, in the slit, the first slit in one end of the second direction is parallel In the first direction, the second slit pair at the other end The first direction is inclined at a maximum inclination, and the slit between the first slit and the second slit is inclined such that the inclination angle gradually increases from the first slit to the second slit; The width of the slit linearly changes in the first direction, and the interval between the slits is the same as the width of the slit in the second direction; the first mask alignment mark on the first slit side is The second mask alignment mark on the second slit side extends in parallel with one side edge in the width direction of the second slit or a center line in the width direction. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述之曝光裝置,其中: 該控制部,設定該第1光罩對準記號與對應的第1膜片對準記號之間的距離之基準值A,並設定該第2光罩對準記號與對應的第2膜片對準記號之間的距離之基準值B,且在該配向膜曝光中,於該第1光罩對準記號與該第1膜片對準記號之間的距離從基準值A變動之場合,使該光罩於該第2方向上移動,而將該第1光罩對準記號與該第1膜片對準記號之間的距離調節為基準值A;此外,於該第2光罩對準記號與該第2膜片對準記號之間的距離從基準值B變動之場合,使該光罩於該第1方向上移動,而將該第2對準記號與該第2膜片對準記號之間的距離調節為基準值B。 The exposure apparatus of claim 20, wherein: The control unit sets a reference value A of the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the corresponding first patch alignment mark, and sets the second mask alignment mark and the corresponding second diaphragm pair. a reference value B of the distance between the reference marks, and in the alignment film exposure, when the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the first patch alignment mark changes from the reference value A, The mask is moved in the second direction, and the distance between the first mask alignment mark and the first patch alignment mark is adjusted to a reference value A; and the second mask is aligned When the distance between the mark and the second diaphragm alignment mark changes from the reference value B, the mask is moved in the first direction, and the second alignment mark is aligned with the second diaphragm. The distance between the marks is adjusted to the reference value B. 一種曝光裝置,其特徵為包含:移動裝置,用以使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜於一方向移動;第1曝光單元,設置於該配向膜之移動區域,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜上,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部朝該一方向延伸,並在與該一方向垂直的方向上彼此隔著間隔;第2曝光單元,設置於在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜,形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,該複數之帶狀的曝光部係位於朝該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向之該第1曝光圖案的曝光部之相互間的區域檢查部,設置於該第1曝光單元及該第2曝光單元之間的該配向膜之移動區域,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;以及控制部,基於由該檢查部偵測到的第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制在該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 An exposure apparatus comprising: a moving device for moving an alignment film on which a film of an alignment material is formed on a film substrate in one direction; and a first exposure unit disposed in a moving region of the alignment film, a first exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposed portions formed on the alignment film on the alignment film, wherein the plurality of strip-shaped exposed portions extend in the one direction and are perpendicular to the one direction The second exposure unit is disposed on the downstream side of the first exposure unit in the moving direction of the alignment film, and the alignment material film on the alignment film forms a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions. In the second exposure pattern that is formed, the plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions are located in an area inspection portion that extends in the one direction and is in contact with the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern in a direction perpendicular to the one direction. a moving portion of the alignment film between the first exposure unit and the second exposure unit for detecting an exposure portion of the first exposure pattern; and a control portion based on the first detected by the inspection portion Exposure pattern exposure The position of the light portion is controlled at an exposure position of the second exposure pattern of the second exposure unit. 如申請專利範圍第22所述之曝光裝置,其中:該第1曝光單元包含:第1曝光光源;以及第1光罩,設有對應於該第1曝光圖案之帶狀的狹縫;其藉由該第1光罩之該狹縫,整形來自該第1曝光光源之曝光光線,而照射到該配向材料 膜;該第2曝光單元包含:第2曝光光源;以及第2光罩,設置有對應於該第2曝光圖案之帶狀的狹縫;藉由該第2光罩之該狹縫,整形來自該第2曝光光源之曝光光線,而照射到該配向材料膜;該控制部,基於該第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,調整與在該第2曝光單元之該第2光罩的該一方向垂直之方向的位置。 The exposure apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the first exposure unit includes: a first exposure light source; and a first photomask provided with a strip-shaped slit corresponding to the first exposure pattern; Forming the exposure light from the first exposure light source by the slit of the first photomask to irradiate the alignment material a film; the second exposure unit includes: a second exposure light source; and a second photomask provided with a strip-shaped slit corresponding to the second exposure pattern; and the slit of the second photomask is shaped by The exposure light of the second exposure light source is irradiated onto the alignment material film; and the control unit adjusts the one of the second photomasks in the second exposure unit based on the position of the exposure portion of the first exposure pattern The position in the direction perpendicular to the direction. 如申請專利範圍第22或23項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該移動裝置,將該配向膜捲繞於背滾筒,而使該配向膜移動;該第1曝光單元、該檢查部及該第2曝光單元,係設置在與該背滾筒上之該配向膜對向的位置上。 The exposure apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the moving device winds the alignment film around the backing roller to move the alignment film; the first exposure unit, the inspection unit, and the first 2 The exposure unit is disposed at a position opposed to the alignment film on the back roller. 如申請專利範圍第24項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,與該背滾筒對向設置,並將檢查光線朝向該背滾筒上之該配向膜照射;攝相機,偵測於該背滾筒反射之反射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線或是入射至該攝相機之反射光,施予偏光方向的濾光。 The exposure apparatus of claim 24, wherein the inspection unit comprises: an inspection light source disposed opposite to the back roller, and irradiating the inspection light toward the alignment film on the back roller; the camera And detecting the reflected light reflected by the back roller; and the polarizer applies a filtering direction of the polarization direction to the inspection light incident on the alignment film or the reflected light incident on the camera. 如申請專利範圍第24項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,嵌進該背滾筒的周面,並朝向該背滾筒上之該配向膜照射檢查光線;攝相機,與該檢查光線光源對向設置,用以偵測透射該配向膜而來之透射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線或是入射至該攝相機之透射光,施予偏光方向的濾光。 The exposure device of claim 24, wherein: the inspection portion comprises: inspecting a light source, embedding into a circumferential surface of the back roller, and illuminating the inspection film toward the alignment film on the back roller; Provided opposite to the inspection light source for detecting transmitted light transmitted through the alignment film; and a polarizer for imparting inspection light incident on the alignment film or transmitted light incident on the camera Filter in the direction of polarization. 如申請專利範圍第22或23項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該移動裝置,係藉由在複數之輸送滾筒上跨設該配向膜而規定該配向膜之移動區域;且該第1曝光單元、該檢查部及該第2曝光單元,係設置在與該輸送滾筒間之該配向膜對向的位置。 The exposure apparatus of claim 22 or 23, wherein: the moving device defines a moving region of the alignment film by straddle the alignment film on a plurality of transport rollers; and the first exposure unit The inspection unit and the second exposure unit are disposed at positions facing the alignment film between the transport rollers. 如申請專利範圍第27項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,設置於該輸送滾筒間之該配向膜的一面側,並朝向該配向膜照射檢查光線;反射機構,設 置於該配向膜之另一面側,使透射該配向膜之光反射;攝相機,偵測藉由該反射機構反射之反射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線以及入射至該攝相機之反射光,分別施予偏光方向的濾光。 The exposure apparatus of claim 27, wherein the inspection unit comprises: a light source for inspection, disposed on one side of the alignment film between the transport rollers, and irradiating the inspection film with the inspection light; the reflection mechanism ,Assume And disposed on the other side of the alignment film to reflect light transmitted through the alignment film; a camera to detect reflected light reflected by the reflection mechanism; and a polarizer for inspecting light incident on the alignment film and incident on The reflected light of the camera is applied to the filter in the polarization direction. 如申請專利範圍第27項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該檢查部,包含:檢查光線光源,設置於該輸送滾筒間之該配向膜的一面側,並朝向該配向膜照射檢查光線;攝相機,設置於該配向膜之另一面側,並偵測透射該配向膜而來的透射光;以及偏光片,對於入射至該配向膜之檢查光線與入射至該攝相機之透射光,分別施予偏光方向的濾光。 The exposure apparatus of claim 27, wherein the inspection unit comprises: a light source for inspection, disposed on one side of the alignment film between the transport rollers, and irradiating the inspection film with the inspection light; the camera Provided on the other side of the alignment film and detecting transmitted light transmitted through the alignment film; and a polarizer for respectively applying the inspection light incident on the alignment film to the transmitted light incident on the camera Filter in the direction of polarization. 如申請專利範圍第22至29項中任一項所述之曝光裝置,其中:該第2光罩的複數之狹縫,係形成為使在與該第1方向垂直之方向上鄰接之狹縫的相互間隔,於該第1方向上線性地增大;該第2曝光單元具有遮光構件,該遮光構件形成有在與該第1方向垂直之方向上延伸的開口,該開口與該第2光罩之所有的狹縫交叉;且該控制部調整在該第1方向上該遮光構件相對於該第2光罩的位置。 The exposure apparatus according to any one of claims 22 to 29, wherein the plurality of slits of the second mask are formed so as to be adjacent to each other in a direction perpendicular to the first direction The mutual spacing increases linearly in the first direction; the second exposure unit has a light blocking member, and the light blocking member is formed with an opening extending in a direction perpendicular to the first direction, the opening and the second light All the slits of the cover intersect; and the control unit adjusts the position of the light shielding member relative to the second mask in the first direction. 一種偏光薄膜(FPR)製造方法,其特徵為:於使在膜片基材上形成有配向材料膜之配向膜沿一方向移動的同時,包含以下步驟:第1曝光步驟,藉由設置於該配向膜之移動區域之第1曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第1曝光圖案,組成該第1曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸並在與該一方向垂直的方向上相互地隔著間隔;第2曝光步驟,藉由設置於位在該配向膜之移動方向的該第1曝光單元之下游側的第2曝光單元,在該配向膜上之該配向材料膜形成由複數之帶狀的曝光部所組成的第2曝光圖案,組成該第2曝光圖案的該複數之帶狀的曝光部,係沿著該一方向延伸,並位在與該一方向垂直的方向上該第1曝光圖案的曝光部相互間的區 域;以及檢查步驟,於該第1曝光步驟及該第2曝光步驟之間,用以偵測該第1曝光圖案之曝光部;其中,基於以該檢查步驟偵測到之第1曝光圖案之曝光部的位置,控制該第2曝光步驟中利用該第2曝光單元之該第2曝光圖案的曝光位置。 A method for producing a polarizing film (FPR), characterized in that, while moving an alignment film having an alignment material film formed on a film substrate in one direction, the method includes the following steps: a first exposure step, by being disposed in the film a first exposure unit in a moving region of the alignment film, wherein the alignment film on the alignment film forms a first exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions, and the plurality of strips constituting the first exposure pattern The exposure portions extend along the one direction and are spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the one direction; and the second exposure step is performed by the first exposure unit disposed in a moving direction of the alignment film a second exposure unit on the downstream side, the alignment material film on the alignment film forms a second exposure pattern composed of a plurality of strip-shaped exposure portions, and the plurality of strip-shaped exposures constituting the second exposure pattern a portion extending along the one direction and positioned between the exposed portions of the first exposure pattern in a direction perpendicular to the one direction And an inspection step of detecting an exposure portion of the first exposure pattern between the first exposure step and the second exposure step; wherein, based on the first exposure pattern detected by the inspection step The position of the exposure unit controls the exposure position of the second exposure pattern of the second exposure unit in the second exposure step.
TW101133763A 2011-09-16 2012-09-14 Film exposure device TW201314384A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011203499 2011-09-16
JP2011224387A JP5884120B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2011-10-11 Film exposure equipment
JP2011230195A JP2013088679A (en) 2011-10-19 2011-10-19 Film exposing device
JP2011241687A JP2013097277A (en) 2011-11-02 2011-11-02 Film exposure device
JP2012019170A JP5817564B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2012-01-31 Exposure equipment
JP2012146733A JP2014010296A (en) 2012-06-29 2012-06-29 Exposure device and fpr production method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201314384A true TW201314384A (en) 2013-04-01

Family

ID=48802495

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101133763A TW201314384A (en) 2011-09-16 2012-09-14 Film exposure device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201314384A (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105474052A (en) * 2013-09-03 2016-04-06 住友化学株式会社 Optical film production device
CN106940320A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-07-11 日东电工株式会社 Inspection method, manufacture method and the appearance inspection device of the polarization plates of lengthwise shape
CN109154784A (en) * 2016-05-19 2019-01-04 株式会社尼康 Substrate supporting device, exposure device and patterning apparatus
CN112789531A (en) * 2018-10-26 2021-05-11 东洋纺株式会社 Alignment film for transfer printing of liquid crystal compound alignment layer
TWI793403B (en) * 2019-03-25 2023-02-21 日商佳能股份有限公司 Optical device, exposure device, and article manufacturing method

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105474052A (en) * 2013-09-03 2016-04-06 住友化学株式会社 Optical film production device
CN106940320A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-07-11 日东电工株式会社 Inspection method, manufacture method and the appearance inspection device of the polarization plates of lengthwise shape
CN106940320B (en) * 2015-09-30 2021-03-16 日东电工株式会社 Method for inspecting longitudinal polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, and appearance inspection device
CN109154784A (en) * 2016-05-19 2019-01-04 株式会社尼康 Substrate supporting device, exposure device and patterning apparatus
CN109154784B (en) * 2016-05-19 2021-06-11 株式会社尼康 Substrate supporting device, exposure device, and patterning device
CN112789531A (en) * 2018-10-26 2021-05-11 东洋纺株式会社 Alignment film for transfer printing of liquid crystal compound alignment layer
CN112789531B (en) * 2018-10-26 2023-10-27 东洋纺株式会社 Alignment film for transfer of alignment layer of liquid crystal compound
TWI793403B (en) * 2019-03-25 2023-02-21 日商佳能股份有限公司 Optical device, exposure device, and article manufacturing method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6927348B2 (en) Pattern formation method
JP6690697B2 (en) Substrate processing apparatus and device manufacturing method
WO2013039100A1 (en) Film exposure device
TW201314384A (en) Film exposure device
JP2014010296A (en) Exposure device and fpr production method
JP2020064317A (en) Scanning exposure method
CN104136969B (en) The manufacture device of three-dimensional liquid crystal display device and manufacture method
JP2014081452A (en) Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP2013257163A (en) Optical film pattern measurement device
JP5534549B2 (en) Transfer apparatus, transfer method, and device manufacturing method
JP5884120B2 (en) Film exposure equipment
TWI550367B (en) Film exposure apparatus and film exposure method
KR101659333B1 (en) System for measuring total-pitch of optical film thereof
JP2013068764A (en) Exposure device
JP2013097204A (en) Metal mask for scanning exposure and scanning exposure device
TWI557484B (en) Fabricating method of optical film, optical film, mask and fabricating apparatus of optical film
JP2013097277A (en) Film exposure device
KR101419748B1 (en) System for measuring total-pitch of optical film
JP5481736B2 (en) Film exposure equipment
JP2013148635A (en) Manufacturing device of 3d optical filter
JP2012128187A (en) Exposure device and exposure mask